From 294b5ec5834affa57641475946b8d2aeca53c577 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Roberto C. Sanchez" Date: Tue, 21 Oct 2014 22:48:31 -0400 Subject: Imported Upstream version 2.4 --- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 55 +++-- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 39 +-- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 101 +++++--- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 38 +-- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 21 +- docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook | 9 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html | 45 ++-- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html | 27 +- .../handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 14 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 24 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 39 +-- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 97 -------- .../handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html | 97 ++++++++ docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html | 10 - docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html | 18 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html | 14 +- docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html | 12 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 60 +++-- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 18 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 65 +++-- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 17 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 23 +- docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook | 10 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html | 50 ++-- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html | 13 +- .../handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 8 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 8 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 33 ++- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 101 -------- .../handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html | 101 ++++++++ docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html | 10 - docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html | 12 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html | 16 +- docs/handbook/de/html/index.html | 13 +- docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 65 +++-- docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 29 ++- docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 72 ++++-- docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 22 +- docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 25 +- docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook | 11 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html | 57 +++-- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html | 30 ++- .../handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 8 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 11 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 40 +-- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 121 --------- .../handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html | 121 +++++++++ docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html | 14 -- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html | 10 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html | 18 +- docs/handbook/en/html/index.html | 16 +- docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png | Bin 56706 -> 56572 bytes docs/handbook/en/html/ss_shortcuts.png | Bin 0 -> 23503 bytes docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 56 +++-- docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 24 +- docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 61 +++-- docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 25 +- docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 22 +- docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook | 9 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html | 47 ++-- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html | 15 +- .../handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 10 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 10 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 27 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 96 ------- .../handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html | 97 ++++++++ docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html | 10 - docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html | 10 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html | 15 +- docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html | 12 +- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 57 +++-- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 18 +- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 60 +++-- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 33 +-- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 22 +- docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook | 9 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html | 48 ++-- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html | 14 +- .../handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 10 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 10 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 25 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 97 -------- .../handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html | 98 ++++++++ docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html | 10 - docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html | 15 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html | 15 +- docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html | 12 +- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 60 +++-- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 21 +- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 275 +++++++++++---------- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 83 +++---- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 21 +- docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook | 9 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html | 51 ++-- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html | 18 +- .../handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 11 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 16 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 96 ++++--- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 92 ++++--- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html | 17 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 124 ---------- .../handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html | 116 +++++++++ docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html | 15 -- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 31 ++- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html | 36 ++- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html | 12 +- docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html | 14 +- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 58 +++-- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 18 +- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 64 +++-- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 33 +-- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 22 +- docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook | 9 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html | 48 ++-- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html | 13 +- .../handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 10 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 11 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 28 ++- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 96 ------- .../handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html | 97 ++++++++ docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html | 10 - docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html | 15 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html | 15 +- docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html | 12 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook | 57 +++-- docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook | 40 +-- docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook | 102 +++++--- docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook | 38 +-- docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook | 22 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook | 9 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html | 48 ++-- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html | 27 +- .../pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html | 14 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html | 25 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html | 37 +-- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html | 2 +- .../pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html | 100 -------- .../pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html | 101 ++++++++ docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html | 4 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html | 17 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html | 2 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html | 15 +- docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html | 12 +- 169 files changed, 2795 insertions(+), 2605 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/en/html/ss_shortcuts.png delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html delete mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html create mode 100644 docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html (limited to 'docs/handbook') diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 1a98b24..c856748 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ směrech, v závislosti na vašich potřebách. K dialogu nastavení můžete přistoupit výběrem Nastavení Natavit &bibletime;. + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -22,6 +23,21 @@ přistoupit výběrem <menuchoice> <guimenu>Nastavení</guimenu> </menuchoice> atd.). Přímo dostupných je více šablon. Když jednu z nich zvolíte, objeví se náhled v pravém poli.</para> </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + + Many features provided by the &sword; backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text. + + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> @@ -120,7 +136,8 @@ pro různé jazyky.</para> <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> Crosswire's font directory</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Různá písma přístupná z ftp Crosswire Bible Society.</entry> + + <entry>Several fonts available from the &cbs; FTP site.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -151,27 +168,25 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> výběr znaků Unicode a písma Unicode, která je podporují</ulink>).</para> </sect3> </sect2> - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - - Mnoho vlastností poskytovaných backendem Sword můžete nyní v &bibletime; -nastavit. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovány v dialogu vpravo. Máte možnost -vybrat výchozí díla, která mají být použita, když není žádné dílo vybráno -odkazem. Například: výchozí Bible je použita k zobrazení obsahu "křížových" -biblických odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobrazí náhled obsahu -veršů odkazujících na toto místo, ve výchozí Bibli kterou jste zvolili. - - + + - <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> - Horké klávesy jsou speciální klávesové příkazy, které můžete použít namísto -položek v menu, nebo ikon. Mnoho příkazů v &bibletime; má definovány horké -klávesy (kompletní seznam naleznete v této sekci). Většině příkazů -&bibletime; zde může přiřadit horké klávesy. To je velmi užitečné pro rychlý -přístup k funkcím, které nejvíce potřebujete. + + Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most. + + + + + + In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2. diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index 77602c7..f8732d8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -2,33 +2,34 @@ Úvod O &bibletime; - &bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různé texty a -jazyky. Také velké množství modulů děl, které je snadné nainstalovat a -spravovat. Je založen na knihovně Sword, která poskytuje -funkcionalitu pro &bibletime;, jako zobrazování biblických textů, -vyhledávání atd. Sword je vlajkovou lodí společnosti Crosswire Bible Society. - &bibletime; je navržen k použití s díly v jednom z formátů podporovaných -projektem Sword. Kompletní informace o podporovaných formátech dokumentů -naleznete ve -vývojářské sekci na stránkách projektu Sword, Crosswire Bible -Society. + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the &sword; library, which provides +the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product of the &cbs;. + + &bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the &sword; project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the developers +section of the &sword; Project, &cbs;. Dostupná díla - Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycích jsou dostupné ze stránek Crosswire Bible Society. To zahrnuje: + Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the &cbs;. These include: Bible - Úplný text Bible, s volitelnými věcmi jako Strongova čísla, nadpisy, nebo -poznámky v textu. Bible jsou dostupné v mnoha jazycích, nejen v moderních -verzích, ale také ve starověkých jako Codex Leningradensis ( Kodex -Leningradský; "WLC", Hebrejsky), nebo Septuaginta ("LXX", Řecky). Toto je -nejmodernější sekce knihovny projektu Sword. + The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the &sword; project. diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index bbd762c..2859a4f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -51,15 +51,15 @@ existující okno, které se přesune na požadované umístění. Další informace o dílech - Pokud kliknete pravým tlačítkem myši na symbol -díla, objeví se nabídka s dalšími možnostmi, které jsou relevantní pro toto -dílo. "O tomto díle"otevře okno s mnoha -zajímavými informacemi o zvoleném díle. "Odemknout toto -dílo" otevře malý dialog pro zašifrované dokumenty, kde můžete -vložit přístupový kód k otevření díla. Pro další informace o zamčených -dílech se podívejte na tuto -stránku na webu Crosswire Bible Society. + If you click with the right mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see this +page on the &cbs; web site. @@ -138,9 +138,11 @@ funguje to. Úpravy vašich vlastních komentářů - Aby jste mohli ukládat vlastní komentáře částí Bible, musíte nainstalovat -dílo z knihovny Crosswire Bible -Society, které se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobní komentář"). + + To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the &cbs;. This work is called "Personal +commentary". Pokud otevřete osobní komentář kliknutím levým tlačítkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se v módu pro čtení. V @@ -168,13 +170,13 @@ text. Vyhledávání textu v aktivním okně - Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frázi v otevřeném aktivním okně -(např. kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejné jako v jiných -programech. Tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutím -pravým tlačítkem myši a zvolením -Najít..., nebo použitím horké klávesy &Ctrl;F. Přečtěte si jak hledat -v celých dílech. + You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +right mouse button and selecting +Find..., or by using the shortcut &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works. @@ -218,55 +220,74 @@ definovaných oblastí v seznamu Rozsah hledání Můžete definovat vlastní vyhledávací rozsahy kliknutím na tlačítko Nastavit rozsah.> + Úvod do jednoduché vyhledávací syntaxe - Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání -vrátí výsledky, které odpovídají libovolnému z vyhledávaných výrazů (logická -spojka NEBO). pro vyhledání všech výrazů oddělte jednotlivá slova spojkou -AND. - Můžete využít znaky: '*' odpovídající libovolné posloupnosti znaků, '?' -zastupující libovolný jeden znak. Použití závorek vám dovoluje seskupovat -hledané výrazy, např. '(Ježíš OR duch) AND Bůh' --výsledky hledání budou -obsahovat nejméně jedno ze slov v závorce, Ježíš nebo duch, a slovo Bůh. - Pro vyhledávání jiného než hlavního textu vložte určitou předponu -následovanou'dvojtečkou ':' a hledaným výrazem. Například pro vyhledávání -Strongova čísla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077' + + Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. + + + You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'. + + To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples. + Dostupné předpony: Typy vyhledávání - + Předpona Význam + Example heading: hledá hlavičky + heading:Jesus footnote: hledá poznámky + footnote:Moses strong: hledání Strongových čísel + strong:G535 morph: hledá morfologické kódy + morph:N-GSM
- &bibletime; používá pro hledání vyhledávací engine Lucene, který má mnoho -pokročilých vlastností. Více si o něm můžete přečíst zde: + You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search. + + + &bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html. + Výsledky hledání Zde vidíte kolik případů hledaného řetězce bylo nalezeno, setříděno podle @@ -322,12 +343,12 @@ vloženo v mechanice. Instalace/aktualizace děl - Tímto nástrojem se můžete připojit k repositáři děl (je zvaný "knihovna", -"library") a nahrát jedno nebo více děl do své lokální knihovny. Tyto -knihovny mohou být lokální (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdálené -(např. Crosswireonline repositář modulů Sword nebo jiné stránky nabízející -moduly Sword). Své knihovny můžete spravovat pomocí Přidat -knihovnu a Smazat knihovnu. + With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of &sword; modules, or another site offering &sword; +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library. Pro zahájení procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke které se chcete připojit a umístění lokální knihovny pro instalaci děl. Potom klikněte na tlačítko Spojit s knihovnou. &bibletime; diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 44c20e9..cebeeec 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ Odkazy Odkazy Hlavního menu - V této sekci najdete detailní popis všech položek základního menu -&bibletime;. Jsou roztříděné stejně, jak se objevují v &bibletime;, včetně -podřízených položek zaznamenaných pod hlavní položkou menu ke které -náleží. Horké klávesy můžete vidět u každé položky; kompletní seznam všech -horkých kláves naleznete v této -sekci. + In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +&bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this +section. <guimenu>File</guimenu> @@ -421,9 +421,9 @@ nastavit všechny vlastnosti &bibletime;, které potřebujete. Prosím navštivt </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastavení Sword a spravovat -svou knihovnu</action>. Další inormace naleznete v <link -linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">této sekci</link>.</para> + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your &sword; configuration and +manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -789,21 +789,21 @@ informace o verzi &bibletime;, přispěvatelích projektu, verzi &sword;, verzi </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> - <title>Seznam horkých kláves - Toto je seznam všech horkých kláves a s nimi souvisejícího popisu v -příručce. Horké klávesy jsou setříděny (přibližně) abecedně. Pokud chcete -přesně vědět která z horkých kláves odpovídá té které položce menu, můžete -se podívat přímo do nabídek &bibletime; (vždy se zde zobrazují horké -klávesy), nebo si prohlédněte tuto -sekci. + + Shortcuts index + This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section. - + - Klávesová zkratka + Shortcut Popis diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index d230052..33a99d4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ Spuštění &bibletime; + Jak spustit &bibletime; + Spuštění &bibletime; &bibletime; je spustitelný soubor integrovaný do pracovního @@ -14,24 +16,23 @@ prostředí. &bibletime; můžete spustit z menu Start touto ikonou: &bibletime; spouštěcí ikona + &bibletime; může být spuštěn také z příkazové řádky. Pro spuštění &bibletime; otevřete okno terminálu a napište: - &bibletime; - - - Další správci oken - &bibletime; může být používán také s dalšími okenními správci jako Gnome, -BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou požadované knihovny -nainstalovány na vašem počítači. + bibletime + Nastavení spuštění Z terminálu můžete použít &bibletime; k otevření příslušného verše ve -výchozí bibli: - bibletime --open-default-biblePro otevření v dané pasáži, jako například Jan 3:16, použijte: - bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih. +výchozí bibli: + bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" + Pro otevření v dané pasáži, jako například Jan 3:16, použijte: + bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16" + Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih. + Spouštěcí sekvence. Když se &bibletime; spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, než diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook index cfe7f31..b487295 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ [ BibleTime'> Sword'> + Crosswire Bible Society'> KDE'> Qt'> @@ -47,13 +48,13 @@ Příručka &bibletime; je součástí &bibletime;. - 2009-09 - 2.3 + 2009-10 + 2.4 - &bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword. + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; framework. - QT4 + Qt4 bibletime sword crosswire diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html index 560ad38..164237c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Kapitola 4. Nastaven BibleTime
Kapitola 4. Nastaven BibleTime
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 4. Nastaven BibleTime

Obsah

Dialog Nastaven BibleTime
+Kapitola 4. Nastaven BibleTime
Kapitola 4. Nastaven BibleTime
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 4. Nastaven BibleTime

Obsah

Dialog Nastaven BibleTime
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts

V tto sekci najdete vod k nastaven BibleTime kter najdete pod volbou Nastaven v hlavnm menu.

Dialog Nastaven BibleTime

Uživatelsk rozhran programu BibleTime může bt uzpůsobeno v mnoha směrech, v zvislosti na vašich potřebch. K dialogu nastaven můžete @@ -15,7 +15,16 @@ přistoupit v

Můžete uzpůsobit chovn po spuštěn. Vyberte z nsledujcch možnost:

  • Zobrazovat uvtac obrazovku

Šablony zobrazen určuj způsob zobrazen textu (barvu, velikost atd.). Přmo dostupnch je vce šablon. Když jednu z nich zvolte, objev se -nhled v pravm poli.

+nhled v pravm poli.

+ Desk +

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text.

Languages

Zde můžete zvolit jazyk, kter bude použit pro jmna biblickch knih. Pokud je dostupn, nastavte tuto možnost na vš jazyk, a budete se ctit doma.

V zkladnm nastaven použv BibleTime vchoz systmov psmo. Pokud je @@ -46,7 +55,7 @@ pro různ Nov svobodn iniciativa psma Unicode. Crosswire's font directory - Různ psma přstupn z ftp Crosswire Bible Society. + Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society FTP site. Bitstream CyberBit Pokrvaj většinou cel vběr Unicode, ale mohou spomalit BibleTime v @@ -56,17 +65,11 @@ z Čstečně odpovdajc, pro informace se podvejte na odkazovanou strnku.


Dobr seznamy psem Unicode na internetu, jako jedno od Christopha Singera( Vcejazyčn Unicode TrueType Fonts na internetu), nebo jedno od Alana Wooda ( vběr znaků Unicode -a psma Unicode, kter je podporuj).

- Desk -

Mnoho vlastnost poskytovanch backendem Sword můžete nyn v BibleTime -nastavit. Tyto vlastnosti jsou zdokumentovny v dialogu vpravo. Mte možnost -vybrat vchoz dla, kter maj bt použita, když nen ždn dlo vybrno -odkazem. Napřklad: vchoz Bible je použita k zobrazen obsahu "křžovch" -biblickch odkazů. Když najedete nad odkaz, časopis zobraz nhled obsahu -veršů odkazujcch na toto msto, ve vchoz Bibli kterou jste zvolili.

- HotKeys -

Hork klvesy jsou speciln klvesov přkazy, kter můžete použt namsto -položek v menu, nebo ikon. Mnoho přkazů v BibleTime m definovny hork -klvesy (kompletn seznam naleznete v tto sekci). Většině přkazů -BibleTime zde může přiřadit hork klvesy. To je velmi užitečn pro rychl -přstup k funkcm, kter nejvce potřebujete.

PředchzejcDalš
Export a tiskDomůKapitola 5. Odkazy
+a psma Unicode, kter je podporuj).

+ Shortcuts +

Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of BibleTime's commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.

In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.

PředchzejcDalš
Export a tiskDomůKapitola 5. Odkazy
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html index 29df043..ec8da93 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,17 +1,16 @@ -Kapitola 1. vod
Kapitola 1. vod
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 1. vod

Obsah

O BibleTime
Dostupn dla
Motivace

O BibleTime

BibleTime je nstroj pro studium Bible s podporou pro různ texty a -jazyky. Tak velk množstv modulů děl, kter je snadn nainstalovat a -spravovat. Je založen na knihovně Sword, kter poskytuje -funkcionalitu pro BibleTime, jako zobrazovn biblickch textů, -vyhledvn atd. Sword je vlajkovou lod společnosti Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime je navržen k použit s dly v jednom z formtů podporovanch -projektem Sword. Kompletn informace o podporovanch formtech dokumentů -naleznete ve -vvojřsk sekci na strnkch projektu Sword, Crosswire Bible -Society.

Dostupn dla

Přes 200 dokumentů v 50 jazycch jsou dostupn ze strnek Crosswire Bible Society. To zahrnuje: -

Bible

pln text Bible, s volitelnmi věcmi jako Strongova čsla, nadpisy, nebo -poznmky v textu. Bible jsou dostupn v mnoha jazycch, nejen v modernch -verzch, ale tak ve starověkch jako Codex Leningradensis ( Kodex -Leningradsk; "WLC", Hebrejsky), nebo Septuaginta ("LXX", Řecky). Toto je -nejmodernějš sekce knihovny projektu Sword.

Knihy

Dostupn knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", a"Josephus: The +Kapitola 1. vod

Kapitola 1. vod
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 1. vod

Obsah

O BibleTime
Dostupn dla
Motivace

O BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides +the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the developers +section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

Dostupn dla

Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the Crosswire Bible Society. These include: +

Bible

The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.

Knihy

Dostupn knihy jsou "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", a"Josephus: The Complete Works"

Komentře

Dostupn komentře zahrnuj klasiku jako "Notes on the Bible" Johna Wesleyho, komentře Matthewa Henryho a Lutherův "Komentř ke galatskm." Pomoc Osobnhokomentře můžete nahrt osobn sešit poznmek do diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 613afe4..560d80a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Sprva knih

Sprva knih
PředchzejcKapitola 3. Operace programuDalš

Sprva knih

Sprva knih je nstroj pro sprvu +Sprva knih

Sprva knih
PředchzejcKapitola 3. Operace programuDalš

Sprva knih

Sprva knih je nstroj pro sprvu knihovny. Můžete do vaš knihovny nainstalovat nov dla, nebo aktualizovat či odstranit ty existujc. Přstupn pod Nastaven → Sprva knih v hlavnm menu.

Nastaven cesty ke knihm

Zde lze nastavit, kam na disk m BibleTime uložit knihovnu. Můžete použt mnoho adresřů. Vchoz je "~/.sword/".

Tip

Pokud mte CD sword, ale nechcete všechna dla instalovat na disk, ale použvat je přmo z CD, pak vložte cestu k CD jako jedno z umstěn knihovny. Když zapnete BibleTime, zobraz se všechna dla, pokud je CD -vloženo v mechanice.

Instalace/aktualizace děl

Tmto nstrojem se můžete připojit k repositři děl (je zvan "knihovna", -"library") a nahrt jedno nebo vce děl do sv lokln knihovny. Tyto -knihovny mohou bt lokln (např. Sword CD) nebo vzdlen -(např. Crosswireonline repositř modulů Sword nebo jin strnky nabzejc -moduly Sword). Sv knihovny můžete spravovat pomoc Přidat -knihovnu a Smazat knihovnu.

Pro zahjen procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke kter se +vloženo v mechanice.

Instalace/aktualizace děl

With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library.

Pro zahjen procesu instalace nebo aktualizace vyberte knihovnu ke kter se chcete připojit a umstěn lokln knihovny pro instalaci děl. Potom klikněte na tlačtko Spojit s knihovnou. BibleTime prověř obsah knihovny a předlož vm seznam děl, kter můžete do sv diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 902f495..0314188 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Export a tisk

Export a tisk
PředchzejcKapitola 3. Operace programuDalš

Export a tisk

Na mnoha mstech můžete vyvolat kontextov menu kliknutm +Export a tisk

Export a tisk
PředchzejcKapitola 3. Operace programuDalš

Export a tisk

Na mnoha mstech můžete vyvolat kontextov menu kliknutm pravm tlačtkem myši. V zvislosti na kontextu je možn Vybrat, Koprovat (do schrnky), diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 827173b..ad75241 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime

Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime
PředchzejcKapitola 3. Operace programuDalš

Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime

Knihovna

Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovan dla, setřděn podle kategori a +Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime

Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime
PředchzejcKapitola 3. Operace programuDalš

Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime

Knihovna

Knihovna obsahuje všechna nainstalovan dla, setřděn podle kategori a jazyků. Obsahuje tak kategorii "Zložky" To je msto, kam můžete uložit sv zložky a pot k nim přistupovat.

Čten děl

Pro otevřen dla z knihovny jednoduše klikněte levm tlačtkem myši na požadovanou kategorii @@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ použ tlačtkem myši na odkaz verše nebo kapitoly (kurzor se změn v ruku) a přethněte ho do knihovny. Upusťte ho na dlo, kter chcete otevřt ,a to bude otevřeno na požadovanm mstě. Můžete tak přethnout odkaz verše na -existujc okno, kter se přesune na požadovan umstěn.

Dalš informace o dlech

Pokud kliknete pravm tlačtkem myši na symbol -dla, objev se nabdka s dalšmi možnostmi, kter jsou relevantn pro toto -dlo. "O tomto dle"otevře okno s mnoha -zajmavmi informacemi o zvolenm dle. "Odemknout toto -dlo" otevře mal dialog pro zašifrovan dokumenty, kde můžete -vložit přstupov kd k otevřen dla. Pro dalš informace o zamčench -dlech se podvejte na tuto -strnku na webu Crosswire Bible Society.

Vyhledvn v dlech

Vyhledvat v dle můžete kliknutm pravm +existujc okno, kter se přesune na požadovan umstěn.

Dalš informace o dlech

If you click with the right mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see this +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Vyhledvn v dlech

Vyhledvat v dle můžete kliknutm pravm tlačtkem myši na jeho symbol a vybrnm položky"Hledat v dle(ch)". Stiskem klvesy Shift a kliknutm na dalš dla můžete vybrat vce než jedno. Pot nsleduje stejn proces s otevřenm @@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ ovl doclte volbou jednoho z automatickch mdů umstěn, kter jsou přstupn přes Okno → Md rozvržen. Prostě to vyzkoušejte, je to snadn a -funguje to.

pravy vašich vlastnch komentřů

Aby jste mohli ukldat vlastn komentře čst Bible, muste nainstalovat -dlo z knihovny Crosswire Bible -Society, kter se jmenuje "Personal commentary" ("Osobn komentř").

Pokud otevřete osobn komentř kliknutm levm +funguje to.

pravy vašich vlastnch komentřů

To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the Crosswire Bible Society. This work is called "Personal +commentary".

Pokud otevřete osobn komentř kliknutm levm tlačtkem myši na jeho symbol v knihovně, otevře se v mdu pro čten. V tomto mdu nen možn komentř editovat. Pokud si přejete do něj zapsat poznmku, muste ho otevřt pomoc pravho diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 3c21d6b..ce427f0 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Vyhledvn v dlech

Vyhledvn v dlech
PředchzejcKapitola 3. Operace programuDalš

Vyhledvn v dlech

Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okně

Když chcete hledat slovo nebo frzi v otevřenm aktivnm okně -(např. kapitolu bible, kterou čtete), je to stejn jako v jinch -programech. Tuto funkci můžete vyvolat kliknutm -pravm tlačtkem myši a zvolenm -Najt..., nebo použitm hork klvesy CtrlF. Přečtěte si jak hledat -v celch dlech.

Přstup k dialogu vyhledvn

V dle můžete hledat kliknutm pravm tlačtkem +Vyhledvn v dlech

Vyhledvn v dlech
PředchzejcKapitola 3. Operace programuDalš

Vyhledvn v dlech

Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okně

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +right mouse button and selecting +Find..., or by using the shortcut CtrlF. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.

Přstup k dialogu vyhledvn

V dle můžete hledat kliknutm pravm tlačtkem myši na symbol v Knihovně a vybrnm Hledat ve vybranch dlech. Přidrženm Shift nebo Ctrl a kliknutm na jmna dalšch děl můžete vybrat vce než jedno dlo. Pot @@ -16,18 +16,21 @@ na toto tlač kterch chcete vyhledvat.

Použit oblast vyhledvn

Můžete použt rozsah hledn zvolenm určitch čst Bible pomoc jedn z definovanch oblast v seznamu Rozsah hledn Můžete definovat vlastn vyhledvac rozsahy kliknutm na tlačtko -Nastavit rozsah.>

vod do jednoduch vyhledvac syntaxe

Vložte vrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při vchozm nastaven, vyhledvn -vrt vsledky, kter odpovdaj libovolnmu z vyhledvanch vrazů (logick -spojka NEBO). pro vyhledn všech vrazů oddělte jednotliv slova spojkou -AND.

Můžete využt znaky: '*' odpovdajc libovoln posloupnosti znaků, '?' -zastupujc libovoln jeden znak. Použit zvorek vm dovoluje seskupovat -hledan vrazy, např. '(Ježš OR duch) AND Bůh' --vsledky hledn budou -obsahovat nejmně jedno ze slov v zvorce, Ježš nebo duch, a slovo Bůh.

Pro vyhledvn jinho než hlavnho textu vložte určitou předponu -nsledovanou'dvojtečkou ':' a hledanm vrazem. Napřklad pro vyhledvn -Strongova čsla H8077 použijte 'strong:H8077'

Dostupn předpony: -

Tabulka 3.1. Typy vyhledvn

PředponaVznam
heading:hled hlavičky
footnote:hled poznmky
strong:hledn Strongovch čsel
morph:hled morfologick kdy


BibleTime použv pro hledn vyhledvac engine Lucene, kter m mnoho -pokročilch vlastnost. Vce si o něm můžete přečst zde: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Vsledky hledn

Zde vidte kolik přpadů hledanho řetězce bylo nalezeno, setřděno podle +Nastavit rozsah.>

vod do jednoduch vyhledvac syntaxe

Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. +

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.

Dostupn předpony: +

Tabulka 3.1. Typy vyhledvn

PředponaVznamExample
heading:hled hlavičkyheading:Jesus
footnote:hled poznmkyfootnote:Moses
strong:hledn Strongovch čselstrong:G535
morph:hled morfologick kdymorph:N-GSM


Tip

You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search.

BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html.

Vsledky hledn

Zde vidte kolik přpadů hledanho řetězce bylo nalezeno, setřděno podle děl. Kliknut na dlo pravm tlačtkem myši vm umožn koprovat, uložit, nebo tisknout všechny verše kter byli v danm dle nalezeny. Kliknutm na jeden nebo vce odkazů ke koprovn, uložen diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html index 75f3424..a52dad1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kapitola 3. Operace programu

Kapitola 3. Operace programu
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 3. Operace programu

Obsah

Nhled programu
Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime
Knihovna
Časopis
Plocha
Vyhledvn v dlech
Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okně
Přstup k dialogu vyhledvn
Nastaven vyhledvn
Vsledky hledn
Sprva knih
Nastaven cesty ke knihm
Instalace/aktualizace děl
Odebrn děl
Vyhledvac indexy
Export a tisk

Nhled programu

Takto vypad typick relace BibleTime: +Kapitola 3. Operace programu

Kapitola 3. Operace programu
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 3. Operace programu

Obsah

Nhled programu
Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime
Knihovna
Časopis
Plocha
Vyhledvn v dlech
Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okně
Přstup k dialogu vyhledvn
Nastaven vyhledvn
Vsledky hledn
Sprva knih
Nastaven cesty ke knihm
Instalace/aktualizace děl
Odebrn děl
Vyhledvac indexy
Export a tisk

Nhled programu

Takto vypad typick relace BibleTime:

Okno aplikace BibleTime

Můžete si jednoduše prohldnout různ čsti aplikace. Okno vlevo nahoře se použv k otevrn instalovanch děl v kartě knihovny, na kartě zložek diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html deleted file mode 100644 index 6d5068f..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -Seznam horkch klves

Seznam horkch klves
PředchzejcKapitola 5. Odkazy

Seznam horkch klves

Toto je seznam všech horkch klves a s nimi souvisejcho popisu v -přručce. Hork klvesy jsou setřděny (přibližně) abecedně. Pokud chcete -přesně vědět kter z horkch klves odpovd t kter položce menu, můžete -se podvat přmo do nabdek BibleTime (vždy se zde zobrazuj hork -klvesy), nebo si prohldněte tuto -sekci.

Klvesov zkratkaPopis
- AltLeft - Posune zpět v historii aktivnho okna.
- AltRight - Posune vpřed v historii aktivnho okna.
- CtrlAltF - - Hledat → Hledat ve vchoz bibli otevře vyhledvac dialog pro vyhledvn ve vchoz -bibli.
- CtrlAltG - - Okno → Md -rozvržen → Automaticky dlaždice -vertiklně zapnout automatick skldn oken. -
- CtrlAltH - - Okno → Md -rozvržen → Automaticky dlaždice -horizontlně zapne automatick skldn oken.
- CtrlAltJ - - Okno → Md -rozvržen → Automaticky kaskdovat zapne automatick skldn oken do kaskdy.
- CtrlAltM - - Okno → Md -rozvržen → Ručn md -zapne manuln skldn oken.
- CtrlAltS - - Okno → Uložit jako novou relaci ulož aktuln nhled jako novou relaci.
- CtrlAltW - - Okno → Zavřt vše - zavře všechna otevřen okna.
- Ctrl- - Oddlit. Zmenš velikost psma v aktivnm okně.
- Ctrl+ - Přiblžit. Zvětš velikost psma v aktivnm okně.
- CtrlA - Vybrat vše. Vybere všechen text v aktivnm okně.
- CtrlC - Koprovat. Zkopruje vybran text do schrnky.
- CtrlF - Hledat. Vyhledv v textu aktivnho okna
- CtrlG - - Okno → Dlaždice vertiklně . -
- CtrlH - - Okno → Dlaždice horizontlně . -
- CtrlJ - - Okno → Kaskda - obdoba oken. -
- CtrlL - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
- CtrlN - Search with works of this window.
- CtrlO - - Hledat → Hledat v otevřench -dlech otevře dialog pro vyhledvn ve -všech otevřench dlech.
- CtrlQ - - Soubor → Ukončit - ukonč BibleTime.
- CtrlW - Zavře aktuln okno.
- F1 - - Npověda → Přručka otevře přručku.
- F2 - - Npověda → Nvod, jak studovat -Bibli otevře Nvod, jak studovat Bibli.
- F4 - - -Nastaven → Sprva -knih otevře sprvce knih.
- F8 - - Pohled → Zobrazit knihovnu zapne zobrazen knihovny.
- F9 - - Pohled → Zobrazit časopis zapne zobrazen okna časopisu.
PředchzejcNahoru
OdkazyDomů
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc27ff4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +Shortcuts index
Shortcuts index
PředchzejcKapitola 5. Odkazy

Shortcuts index

This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section.

ShortcutPopis
+ AltLeft + Posune zpět v historii aktivnho okna.
+ AltRight + Posune vpřed v historii aktivnho okna.
+ CtrlAltF + + Hledat → Hledat ve vchoz bibli otevře vyhledvac dialog pro vyhledvn ve vchoz +bibli.
+ CtrlAltG + + Okno → Md +rozvržen → Automaticky dlaždice +vertiklně zapnout automatick skldn oken. +
+ CtrlAltH + + Okno → Md +rozvržen → Automaticky dlaždice +horizontlně zapne automatick skldn oken.
+ CtrlAltJ + + Okno → Md +rozvržen → Automaticky kaskdovat zapne automatick skldn oken do kaskdy.
+ CtrlAltM + + Okno → Md +rozvržen → Ručn md +zapne manuln skldn oken.
+ CtrlAltS + + Okno → Uložit jako novou relaci ulož aktuln nhled jako novou relaci.
+ CtrlAltW + + Okno → Zavřt vše + zavře všechna otevřen okna.
+ Ctrl- + Oddlit. Zmenš velikost psma v aktivnm okně.
+ Ctrl+ + Přiblžit. Zvětš velikost psma v aktivnm okně.
+ CtrlA + Vybrat vše. Vybere všechen text v aktivnm okně.
+ CtrlC + Koprovat. Zkopruje vybran text do schrnky.
+ CtrlF + Hledat. Vyhledv v textu aktivnho okna
+ CtrlG + + Okno → Dlaždice vertiklně . +
+ CtrlH + + Okno → Dlaždice horizontlně . +
+ CtrlJ + + Okno → Kaskda + obdoba oken. +
+ CtrlL + Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
+ CtrlN + Search with works of this window.
+ CtrlO + + Hledat → Hledat v otevřench +dlech otevře dialog pro vyhledvn ve +všech otevřench dlech.
+ CtrlQ + + Soubor → Ukončit + ukonč BibleTime.
+ CtrlW + Zavře aktuln okno.
+ F1 + + Npověda → Přručka otevře přručku.
+ F2 + + Npověda → Nvod, jak studovat +Bibli otevře Nvod, jak studovat Bibli.
+ F4 + + +Nastaven → Sprva +knih otevře sprvce knih.
+ F8 + + Pohled → Zobrazit knihovnu zapne zobrazen knihovny.
+ F9 + + Pohled → Zobrazit časopis zapne zobrazen okna časopisu.
PředchzejcNahoru
OdkazyDomů
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html deleted file mode 100644 index f770c9a..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -Položky Nstrojov lišty
Položky Nstrojov lišty
PrevChapter5.OdkazyNext

Položky Nstrojov lišty

Pokud chcete vysvětlit tlačtka nachzejc se na nstrojov liště, -podvejte se prosm do předesl -sekce. Můžete tak přesunout kurzor nad tlačtko a počkt -několik sekund, tm se aktivuje nstrojov tip k tlačtku s jeho -krtkm popisem.

Nstrojovou lištu můžete přizpůsobit svm potřebm. Prosm použijte pro to -nsledujc položku hlavnho menu: -

- - Settings → Configure toolbars -

Nastavit nstrojov lišty

Pro podrobn inforace navštivte tuto sekci.

PrevUpNext
Chapter5.OdkazyHomeSeznam horkch klves
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index c3d6f2a..273d482 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Odkazy
Odkazy
PředchzejcKapitola 5. OdkazyDalš

Odkazy

+Odkazy

Odkazy
PředchzejcKapitola 5. OdkazyDalš

Odkazy

V tto sekci najdete popis ikon přiřazench k otevřenm dlům.

@@ -84,4 +84,4 @@

Vyberte dalš glosř nebo modlitbu.

-

PředchzejcNahoruDalš
Kapitola 5. OdkazyDomůSeznam horkch klves
+

PředchzejcNahoruDalš
Kapitola 5. OdkazyDomůShortcuts index
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html index fd0dba1..c88d16a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kapitola 5. Odkazy
Kapitola 5. Odkazy
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 5. Odkazy

Obsah

Odkazy Hlavnho menu
+Kapitola 5. Odkazy
Kapitola 5. Odkazy
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 5. Odkazy

Obsah

Odkazy Hlavnho menu
File
View @@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ Settings
Help -
Odkazy
Seznam horkch klves

Odkazy Hlavnho menu

V tto sekci najdete detailn popis všech položek zkladnho menu -BibleTime. Jsou roztřděn stejně, jak se objevuj v BibleTime, včetně -podřzench položek zaznamenanch pod hlavn položkou menu ke kter -nlež. Hork klvesy můžete vidět u každ položky; kompletn seznam všech -horkch klves naleznete v tto -sekci.

+

Odkazy
Shortcuts index

Odkazy Hlavnho menu

In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of BibleTime. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +BibleTime, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this +section.

File

@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ nastavit všechny vlastnosti BibleTime, kte Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

- Otevře dialog kde můžete změnit vaše nastaven Sword a spravovat -svou knihovnu. Dalš inormace naleznete v tto sekci.

+ Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

Help

diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index d985056..2b7cbb9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Spouštěc sekvence.
Spouštěc sekvence.
PředchzejcKapitola 2. Spuštěn BibleTimeDalš

Spouštěc sekvence.

Když se BibleTime spoušt, můžete vidět nsledujc obrazovky předtm, než +Spouštěc sekvence.

Spouštěc sekvence.
PředchzejcKapitola 2. Spuštěn BibleTimeDalš

Spouštěc sekvence.

Když se BibleTime spoušt, můžete vidět nsledujc obrazovky předtm, než se otevře hlavn okno BibleTime:

Bookshelf Manager

diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html index a1afb5a..6bf13bd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Kapitola 2. Spuštěn BibleTime

Kapitola 2. Spuštěn BibleTime
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 2. Spuštěn BibleTime

Obsah

Jak spustit BibleTime
Spuštěn BibleTime
Dalš sprvci oken
Nastaven spuštěn
Spouštěc sekvence.

Jak spustit BibleTime

Spuštěn BibleTime

BibleTime je spustiteln soubor integrovan do pracovnho +Kapitola 2. Spuštěn BibleTime

Kapitola 2. Spuštěn BibleTime
PředchzejcDalš

Kapitola 2. Spuštěn BibleTime

Obsah

Jak spustit BibleTime
Spuštěn BibleTime
Nastaven spuštěn
Spouštěc sekvence.

Jak spustit BibleTime

Spuštěn BibleTime

BibleTime je spustiteln soubor integrovan do pracovnho prostřed. BibleTime můžete spustit z menu Start touto ikonou:

BibleTime spouštěc ikona

BibleTime může bt spuštěn tak z přkazov řdky. Pro spuštěn BibleTime otevřete okno terminlu a napište: - 

BibleTime

Dalš sprvci oken

BibleTime může bt použvn tak s dalšmi okennmi sprvci jako Gnome, -BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox nebo Sawfish, pokud jsou požadovan knihovny -nainstalovny na vašem počtači.

Nastaven spuštěn

Z terminlu můžete použt BibleTime k otevřen přslušnho verše ve -vchoz bibli: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible

Pro otevřen v dan pasži, jako napřklad Jan 3:16, použijte: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"

Můžete použt jmna knih ve svm aktulnm jazyce pro pojmenovn knih.

PředchzejcDalš
Kapitola 1. vodDomůSpouštěc sekvence.
+ 

bibletime

Nastaven spuštěn

Z terminlu můžete použt BibleTime k otevřen přslušnho verše ve +vchoz bibli: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

+ Pro otevřen v dan pasži, jako napřklad Jan 3:16, použijte: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Jan 3:16"

+ Můžete použt jmna knih ve svm aktulnm jazyce pro pojmenovn knih.

PředchzejcDalš
Kapitola 1. vodDomůSpouštěc sekvence.
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html index d2ea7dc..ffda1ee 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Přručka BibleTime
Přručka BibleTime
Dalš

Přručka BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.3

Copyright 1999-2009 tm BibleTime

Přručka BibleTime je součst BibleTime.

Abstrakt

BibleTime je nstroj pro studium Bible založen na frameworku Sword.

Obsah

1. vod
O BibleTime
Dostupn dla
Motivace
2. Spuštěn BibleTime
Jak spustit BibleTime
Spuštěn BibleTime
Dalš sprvci oken
Nastaven spuštěn
Spouštěc sekvence.
3. Operace programu
Nhled programu
Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime
Knihovna
Časopis
Plocha
Vyhledvn v dlech
Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okně
Přstup k dialogu vyhledvn
Nastaven vyhledvn
Vsledky hledn
Sprva knih
Nastaven cesty ke knihm
Instalace/aktualizace děl
Odebrn děl
Vyhledvac indexy
Export a tisk
4. Nastaven BibleTime
Dialog Nastaven BibleTime
+Přručka BibleTime
Přručka BibleTime
Dalš

Přručka BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.4

Copyright 1999-2009 tm BibleTime

Přručka BibleTime je součst BibleTime.

Abstrakt

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

Obsah

1. vod
O BibleTime
Dostupn dla
Motivace
2. Spuštěn BibleTime
Jak spustit BibleTime
Spuštěn BibleTime
Nastaven spuštěn
Spouštěc sekvence.
3. Operace programu
Nhled programu
Čsti okna aplikace BibleTime
Knihovna
Časopis
Plocha
Vyhledvn v dlech
Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okně
Přstup k dialogu vyhledvn
Nastaven vyhledvn
Vsledky hledn
Sprva knih
Nastaven cesty ke knihm
Instalace/aktualizace děl
Odebrn děl
Vyhledvac indexy
Export a tisk
4. Nastaven BibleTime
Dialog Nastaven BibleTime
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts
5. Odkazy
Odkazy Hlavnho menu
File
@@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings
Help -
Odkazy
Seznam horkch klves

Seznam tabulek

3.1. Typy vyhledvn
4.1. Psma Unicode
Dalš
Kapitola 1. vod
+
Odkazy
Shortcuts index

Seznam tabulek

3.1. Typy vyhledvn
4.1. Psma Unicode
Dalš
Kapitola 1. vod
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 322e240..f02018c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Hauptmenü finden. angepasst werden. Sie können auf den Konfigurationsdialog über die Auswahl von Einstellungen &bibletime; einrichten. gelangen. + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -24,6 +25,22 @@ Optionen aus: usw.). Es sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfügbar. Nach Auswahl einer Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,</para> </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + + Viele Funktionen, die vom &sword;-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, +können nun in &bibletime; konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften +sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, +Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz +spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des +Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie +fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, +gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben. Unter Mitverwendung +von Textfiltern, können Sie die Erscheinungsform des Textes bestimmen. + + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> @@ -131,7 +148,8 @@ Zeichenbereich ab.</entry> <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> Crosswire's font directory</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Verschiedene Schriften sind auf der FTP-Seite von Crosswire verfügbar.</entry> + + <entry>Verschiedene Schriften sind auf der FTP-Site von &cbs; verfügbar.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -164,30 +182,26 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> </sect3> </sect2> - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - - Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, -können nun in &bibletime; konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften -sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, -Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz -spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des -Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie -fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, -gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben. - - + + - <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> - Tastenkürzel sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle der Menüeinträge -oder Symbole verwendet werden können. Eine Anzahl von &bibletime;s Befehlen -hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (dieser Abschnitt enthält eine -komplette Auflistung. Den meisten Befehlen von &bibletime; kann hier ein -Tastenkürzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die oftbenutzten -Funktionen schnell zu erreichen. + + Tastenkürzel (ehemals HotKeys) sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle +der Menüeinträge oder Symbole verwendet werden können. Eine Anzahl von +&bibletime;s Befehlen hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkürzel (dieser Abschnitt enthält eine +komplette Auflistung). Den meisten Befehlen von &bibletime; kann hier ein +Tastenkürzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die +meistbenutzten Funktionen schnell zu erreichen. + + + + + + Im vorherigen Beispiel, F2, wurde dem Bibelstudien-HowTo ein sekundäres +Tastenkürzel, CTRL+2, zugewiesen. diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index cee8f4c..cb953bb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -2,26 +2,26 @@ Einleitung Über &bibletime; + &bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und Sprachen unterstützt. Sogar große Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen können einfach installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der Sword-Bibliothek, welche die +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">&sword;-Bibliothek, welche die zugrundeliegende Backend-Funktionalität für &bibletime; zur Verfügung stellt, so zum Beispiel um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, -usw. Sword ist das Hauptprodukt der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft. +usw. &sword; ist das Hauptprodukt der &cbs;. &bibletime; wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der -Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige +Formate vorliegen, die vom &sword;-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige Informationen über die unterstützten Dokumentenformate sind auf den Entwicklerseiten -des Sword-Projektes der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft zu finden. +des &sword;-Projektes der &cbs; zu finden. Vorhandene Werke - Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft -verfügbar. Dazu gehören: + Über 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind von der &cbs; erhältlich. Dazu gehören: Bibeln @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Kopfzeilen und/oder Fußzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen Sprachen verfügbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschränkt, sondern umfassen auch altertümliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", hebräisch), und die Septuaginta ("LXX", griechisch). Dies ist der -fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes. +fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des &sword;-Projektes. diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 6753bc6..5aca987 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Dialogfenster für verschlüsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den Entschlüsselungs-Schlüssel für den Zugriff eingeben können. Für weitere Informationen über verschlüsselte Werke, lesen Sie bitte diese -Seite auf der Website der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft. +Seite auf der Website der &cbs;. @@ -150,10 +150,11 @@ funktioniert. Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar + Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft -installieren. Dieses Werk heißt "Persönlicher Kommentar". +url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs; installieren. Dieses Werk heißt +"Persönlicher Kommentar". Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im Bücherregal mit der linken Maustaste öffnen, wird @@ -235,54 +236,78 @@ indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf Einrichten... klicken. + Grundlegende Einführung in die Suchsyntax - Geben Sie Suchtermini getrennt von Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig wird die -Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf jeden der Suchtermini -zutreffen (OR). Um nach allen Suchtermini zu suchen, trennen Sie sie mit -AND. - Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Zeichensequenz, während -'?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt -Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND Gott'. + + Geben Sie den zu suchenden Text separiert mit Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig +wird die Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf alle Wörter +zutreffen. Wenn Sie irgend eines der eingegebenen Wörter finden möchten, +wählen Sie den Einige Wörter-Knopf aus. Falls Sie eine +komplexere Suche beabsichtigen, selektieren Sie den +Frei-Knopf. Sie können Syntax-Beispiele von Suchanfragen +durch Klicken auf Vollständige Syntax sehen. + + + Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Anzahl von Zeichen, +während '?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern +erlaubt Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND +Gott'. + Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt -von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Wollen Sie zum Beispiel nach der -Strong-Nummer H8077 suchen, benutzen Sie 'strong:H8077'. +von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Beispiele sind in der unteren Tabelle +aufgeführt. + Verfügbare Textarten: Sucharten - + Präfix Bedeutung + Beispiel heading: durchsucht Kopfzeilen + heading:Jesus footnote: durchsucht Fußnoten + footnote:Moses strong: durchsucht Strong-Nummern + strong:G535 morph: durchsucht Morphologie-Codes + morph:N-GSM
- &bibletime; benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Suchen auszuführen. Sie hat -viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über Sie lesen: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html + + + Sie können mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein installiertes Werk klicken und +Über... auswählen, um zu sehen, welche der oben genannten +Suchkriterien für Sie zutreffen. Nicht alle Werke haben die eingebauten +Eigenschaften um diese Art von Suche durchzuführen. + + + &bibletime; benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Ihre Suchanfragen +auszuführen. Sie hat viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über +Sie lesen: +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html. + Suchergebnisse Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden @@ -349,9 +374,9 @@ eingelegt ist. Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Quelle von Werken (genannt "Bibliothek") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem lokalen Bücherregal übertragen. Diese Bibliotheken können lokal sein -(z.B. eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires -Online-Repository der Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die Sword-Module -anbietet). Sie können Ihre Bibliotheken mit +(z.B. eine &sword;-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires +Online-Repository der &sword;-Module, oder eine andere Site, die +&sword;-Module anbietet). Sie können Ihre Bibliotheken mit Hinzufügen... und Löschen... verwalten. Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index b4b47e3..d32ad8a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ in &bibletime; auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereinträgen unterhalb ihrer jeweiligen Obermenüs. Sie können auch alle Kurzbefehle der Einträge nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in diesem Abschnitt. +linkend="hdbk-reference-shortcuts">diesem Abschnitt. <guimenu>File</guimenu> @@ -423,10 +423,9 @@ nach.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</action>. Hiermit wird ein Dialog zur -Konfiguration und Verwaltung Ihres Bücherregals aufgerufen. Schauen Sie -bitte in <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">diesem Abschnitt</link> -für Details nach.</para> + <action>Hiermit wird ein Dialog, zur &sword;-Konfiguration und Konfiguration +Ihrer Bücherregal-Verwaltung aufgerufen</action>. Schauen Sie bitte in <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">diesem Abschnitt</link> für Details nach.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -797,7 +796,7 @@ assoziierten Symbolzeichen. </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> + <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"> <title>Tastenkürzel-Verzeichnis Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkürzel sind (grob) alphabetisch @@ -808,7 +807,7 @@ mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in diesem Abschnitt nachsehen. - + @@ -994,7 +993,7 @@ Kacheln. &Ctrl;L - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work. + Ort ändern. Wechselt den Fokus zur Werkzeugleiste des selektierten Werkes. @@ -1002,7 +1001,7 @@ Kacheln. &Ctrl;N - Search with works of this window. + Das Suchfenster mit den Werken dieses Fensters öffnen. diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index ab7e1f0..494b074 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ &bibletime; starten + Wie &bibletime; zu starten ist + &bibletime; starten &bibletime; ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert @@ -14,27 +16,24 @@ ist. Sie können &bibletime; aus dem Startmenü mit folgendem Symbol starten: &bibletime;-Start-Symbol + &bibletime; kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen werden. Um &bibletime; zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben Sie folgendes ein: - &bibletime; - - - Andere Fenstermanager - &bibletime; kann mit anderen Fenstermanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox, FluxBox, -OpenBox oder Sawfish verwendet werden, vorausgesetzt, dass die -entsprechenden Basis-Bibliotheken bereits auf Ihrem Rechner installiert -sind. + bibletime + Konfiguration des Startverhaltens Von einem Terminal aus können Sie &bibletime; folgendermaßen verwenden, um -einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen: - bibletime --open-default-bible - "<random>"Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen: - bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen. +einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen: + bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" + Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen: + bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16" + Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen. + Start-Sequenz Wenn &bibletime; startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook index 767ac33..4dae077 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ [ BibleTime'> Sword'> + Crosswire Bible Society'> KDE'> Qt'> @@ -47,13 +48,14 @@ Der &bibletime;-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von &bibletime;. - 2009-09 - 2.3 + 2009-10 + 2.4 - &bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert. + &bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem &sword;-System +basiert. - QT4 + Qt4 bibletime sword crosswire diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html index d132ab2..6a37f8b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren
+Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 4. BibleTime einrichten

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts

In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine bersicht, wie BibleTime zu konfigurieren ist. Sie knnen das Men Einstellungen im Hauptmen finden.

Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren

Die BibleTime Benutzeroberflche kann auf vielfltige Art ihren Ansprchen @@ -17,7 +17,17 @@ von Einstellungen Optionen aus:

  • Startlogo anzeigen

Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Gre, usw.). Es sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfgbar. Nach Auswahl einer -Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,

+Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,

+ Desk +

Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfgung gestellt werden, +knnen nun in BibleTime konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften +sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist auerdem ermglicht, +Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz +spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des +Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie ber sie +fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, +gem der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben. Unter Mitverwendung +von Textfiltern, knnen Sie die Erscheinungsform des Textes bestimmen.

Languages

Hier knnen Sie angeben, welche Sprache fr die Buchnamen der Bibel verwendet werden soll. Stellen Sie (falls verfgbar) ihre Muttersprache ein, @@ -58,7 +68,7 @@ Zeichenbereich ab. Eine neue Initiative fr freie Unicode-Schriftarten. Crosswire's font directory - Verschiedene Schriften sind auf der FTP-Seite von Crosswire verfgbar. + Verschiedene Schriften sind auf der FTP-Site von Crosswire Bible Society verfgbar. Bitstream CyberBit Deckt fast den ganzen Unicode-Bereich ab, knnte aber BibleTime durch @@ -69,20 +79,12 @@ Hebr Teilweise Abdeckung, siehe die Information auf der angegebenen Seite.


Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von Christoph Singer (Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet), oder eine von Alan Wood ( Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

- Desk -

Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfgung gestellt werden, -knnen nun in BibleTime konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften -sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist auerdem ermglicht, -Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz -spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des -Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie ber sie -fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, -gem der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben.

- HotKeys -

Tastenkrzel sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle der Meneintrge -oder Symbole verwendet werden knnen. Eine Anzahl von BibleTimes Befehlen -hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkrzel (dieser Abschnitt enthlt eine -komplette Auflistung. Den meisten Befehlen von BibleTime kann hier ein -Tastenkrzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die oftbenutzten -Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.

ZurckWeiter
Exortieren und DruckenZum AnfangKapitel 5. Referenz
+ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

+ Shortcuts +

Tastenkrzel (ehemals HotKeys) sind spezielle Tastenbefehle, die an Stelle +der Meneintrge oder Symbole verwendet werden knnen. Eine Anzahl von +BibleTimes Befehlen hat bereits vordefinierte Tastenkrzel (dieser Abschnitt enthlt eine +komplette Auflistung). Den meisten Befehlen von BibleTime kann hier ein +Tastenkrzel zugewiesen werden. Dies ist sehr hilfreich, um die +meistbenutzten Funktionen schnell zu erreichen.

Im vorherigen Beispiel, F2, wurde dem Bibelstudien-HowTo ein sekundres +Tastenkrzel, CTRL+2, zugewiesen.

ZurckWeiter
Exortieren und DruckenZum AnfangKapitel 5. Referenz
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html index f72957c..e797c80 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,19 +1,18 @@ -Kapitel 1. Einleitung
Kapitel 1. Einleitung
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 1. Einleitung

Inhaltsverzeichnis

ber BibleTime
Vorhandene Werke
Motivation

ber BibleTime

BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und +Kapitel 1. Einleitung

Kapitel 1. Einleitung
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 1. Einleitung

Inhaltsverzeichnis

ber BibleTime
Vorhandene Werke
Motivation

ber BibleTime

BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und Sprachen untersttzt. Sogar groe Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen knnen einfach -installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der Sword-Bibliothek, welche die +installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der Sword-Bibliothek, welche die zugrundeliegende Backend-Funktionalitt fr BibleTime zur Verfgung stellt, so zum Beispiel um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, -usw. Sword ist das Hauptprodukt der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft.

BibleTime wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der -Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt untersttzt werden. Vollstndige +usw. Sword ist das Hauptprodukt der Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der +Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt untersttzt werden. Vollstndige Informationen ber die untersttzten Dokumentenformate sind auf den Entwicklerseiten -des Sword-Projektes der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft zu finden.

Vorhandene Werke

ber 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind auf dem Webserver der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft -verfgbar. Dazu gehren: +des Sword-Projektes der Crosswire Bible Society zu finden.

Vorhandene Werke

ber 200 Dokumente in 50 Sprachen sind von der Crosswire Bible Society erhltlich. Dazu gehren:

Bibeln

Der vollstndie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, Kopfzeilen und/oder Fuzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen Sprachen verfgbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschrnkt, sondern umfassen auch altertmliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", hebrisch), und die Septuaginta ("LXX", griechisch). Dies ist der -fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes.

Bcher

Zu den verfgbaren Bchern gehren "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish" und +fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes.

Bcher

Zu den verfgbaren Bchern gehren "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish" und "Josephus: Die vollstndigen Werke"

Kommentare

Zu den verfgbaren Kommentaren gehren Klassiker wie John Wesleys "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henrys Kommentar und Luthers "Kommentar ber Galater". " Mit dem Persnlichen Kommentar sind Sie in der Lage diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index b5c6d13..c20926c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Der Bcherregal Verwalter

Der Bcherregal Verwalter
ZurckKapitel 3. ProgrammbedienungWeiter

Der Bcherregal Verwalter

Die Bcherregal-Verwaltung ist ein Werkzeug, das +Der Bcherregal Verwalter

Der Bcherregal Verwalter
ZurckKapitel 3. ProgrammbedienungWeiter

Der Bcherregal Verwalter

Die Bcherregal-Verwaltung ist ein Werkzeug, das Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bcherregals ermglicht. Sie knnen neue Werke zu Ihrem Bcherregal hinzufgen oder existierende Werke aktualisieren oder Sie aus dem Bcherregal entfernen. Greifen Sie darauf zu, indem Sie auf @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ den Pfad der CD als einen Ihrer B eingelegt ist.

Werke installieren/updaten

Mit dieser Einrichtung knnen Sie sich mit einer Quelle von Werken (genannt "Bibliothek") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem lokalen Bcherregal bertragen. Diese Bibliotheken knnen lokal sein -(z.B. eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires -Online-Repository der Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die Sword-Module -anbietet). Sie knnen Ihre Bibliotheken mit +(z.B. eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires +Online-Repository der Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die +Sword-Module anbietet). Sie knnen Ihre Bibliotheken mit Hinzufgen... und Lschen... verwalten.

Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie eine Bibliothek aus, mit der Sie sich verbinden wollen und einen lokalen diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 0435d3a..9927c20 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Exortieren und Drucken

Exortieren und Drucken
ZurckKapitel 3. ProgrammbedienungWeiter

Exortieren und Drucken

An vielen Stellen knnen Sie ein Kontextmen durch Klicken mit der +Exortieren und Drucken

Exortieren und Drucken
ZurckKapitel 3. ProgrammbedienungWeiter

Exortieren und Drucken

An vielen Stellen knnen Sie ein Kontextmen durch Klicken mit der rechten Maustaste ffnen. Abhngig vom Kontext wird es Ihnen ermglichen, Text mit Auswhlen, Kopieren (zur Zwischenablage), diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 3ef4fe6..1469237 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Elemente des BibleTime Fensters

Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
ZurckKapitel 3. ProgrammbedienungWeiter

Elemente des BibleTime Fensters

Das Bcherregal

Das Bcherregal enthlt alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache +Elemente des BibleTime Fensters

Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
ZurckKapitel 3. ProgrammbedienungWeiter

Elemente des BibleTime Fensters

Das Bcherregal

Das Bcherregal enthlt alle installierten Werke, nach Kategorie und Sprache sortiert. Es enthlt auch einen Abschnitt namens "Lesezeichen". Hier knnen sie ihre eigenen Lesezeichen ablegen und darauf zugreifen.

Werke lesen

Wenn Sie Dokument auswhlen wollen, klicken Sie einfach auf die gewnschte Dokumentengruppe (Bibeln, Kommentare, Lexika, Bcher, Andachten oder @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Werk. "Entschl Dialogfenster fr verschlsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den Entschlsselungs-Schlssel fr den Zugriff eingeben knnen. Fr weitere Informationen ber verschlsselte Werke, lesen Sie bitte diese -Seite auf der Website der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft.

In Werken suchen

Sie knnen ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der rechten +Seite auf der Website der Crosswire Bible Society.

In Werken suchen

Sie knnen ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf sein Symbol klicken und "Suche in..." auswhlen. Indem Sie Umschalt und auf andere Werke klicken, knnen Sie mehr als ein Werk auswhlen. Dann folgen Sie demselben @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ vollst berlassen knnen. Um letzteres zu erreichen, whlen Sie eines der verfgbaren automatischen Anordnungsarten in Fenster → Anordnungs-Art aus. Probieren Sie's einfach aus, es ist leicht und funktioniert.

Bearbeiten Sie ihren eigenen Kommentar

Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare ber Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, mssen Sie ein -bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft -installieren. Dieses Werk heit "Persnlicher Kommentar".

Wenn Sie den persnlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im +bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der Crosswire Bible Society installieren. Dieses Werk heit +"Persnlicher Kommentar".

Wenn Sie den persnlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im Bcherregal mit der linken Maustaste ffnen, wird dieser im Nur-Lese-Modus geffnet. Es wird Ihnen nicht mglich sein, ihn in diesem Modus zu editieren. Falls Sie Anmerkungen zu Ihrem persnlichen diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 263e039..2f1a024 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -In Werken suchen

In Werken suchen
ZurckKapitel 3. ProgrammbedienungWeiter

In Werken suchen

Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen

Sie knnen nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem +In Werken suchen

In Werken suchen
ZurckKapitel 3. ProgrammbedienungWeiter

In Werken suchen

Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen

Sie knnen nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem Bibel-Kapitel, das Sie gerade lesen) suchen, ganz wie Sie es von anderen Programmen her gewohnt sind. Diese Funktion kann entweder durch Klicken mit der rechten Maustaste und Auswahl von @@ -20,17 +20,26 @@ auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden Werke w indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste Bereich: auswhlen. Desweiteren knnen Sie Ihre eigenen Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf Einrichten... -klicken.

Grundlegende Einfhrung in die Suchsyntax

Geben Sie Suchtermini getrennt von Leerzeichen ein. Standardmig wird die -Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurckliefern, die auf jeden der Suchtermini -zutreffen (OR). Um nach allen Suchtermini zu suchen, trennen Sie sie mit -AND.

Sie knnen Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht fr jede Zeichensequenz, whrend -'?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt -Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND Gott'.

Um Text auerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt -von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Wollen Sie zum Beispiel nach der -Strong-Nummer H8077 suchen, benutzen Sie 'strong:H8077'.

Verfgbare Textarten: -

Tabelle 3.1. Sucharten

PrfixBedeutung
heading:durchsucht Kopfzeilen
footnote:durchsucht Funoten
strong:durchsucht Strong-Nummern
morph:durchsucht Morphologie-Codes


BibleTime benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Suchen auszufhren. Sie hat -viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie knnen hier mehr ber Sie lesen: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Suchergebnisse

Hier knnen Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden +klicken.

Grundlegende Einfhrung in die Suchsyntax

Geben Sie den zu suchenden Text separiert mit Leerzeichen ein. Standardmig +wird die Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurckliefern, die auf alle Wrter +zutreffen. Wenn Sie irgend eines der eingegebenen Wrter finden mchten, +whlen Sie den Einige Wrter-Knopf aus. Falls Sie eine +komplexere Suche beabsichtigen, selektieren Sie den +Frei-Knopf. Sie knnen Syntax-Beispiele von Suchanfragen +durch Klicken auf Vollstndige Syntax sehen. +

Sie knnen Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht fr jede Anzahl von Zeichen, +whrend '?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern +erlaubt Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND +Gott'.

Um Text auerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt +von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Beispiele sind in der unteren Tabelle +aufgefhrt.

Verfgbare Textarten: +

Tabelle 3.1. Sucharten

PrfixBedeutungBeispiel
heading:durchsucht Kopfzeilenheading:Jesus
footnote:durchsucht Funotenfootnote:Moses
strong:durchsucht Strong-Nummernstrong:G535
morph:durchsucht Morphologie-Codesmorph:N-GSM


Tipp

Sie knnen mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein installiertes Werk klicken und +ber... auswhlen, um zu sehen, welche der oben genannten +Suchkriterien fr Sie zutreffen. Nicht alle Werke haben die eingebauten +Eigenschaften um diese Art von Suche durchzufhren.

BibleTime benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Ihre Suchanfragen +auszufhren. Sie hat viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie knnen hier mehr ber +Sie lesen: +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html.

Suchergebnisse

Hier knnen Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden wurden, nach Werken sortiert. Das Klicken mit der rechten Maustaste erlaubt Ihnen alle in einem bestimmten Werk gefundenen Verse auf einmal zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Dies diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html index b9f92a9..f7bcc3f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung

Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Programmberblick
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Das Bcherregal
Die Lupe
Die Arbeitsflche
In Werken suchen
Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen
Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen
Such-Konfiguration
Suchergebnisse
Der Bcherregal Verwalter
Bcherregal-Pfade einrichten
Werke installieren/updaten
Werk(e) entfernen
Suchindizes
Exortieren und Drucken

Programmberblick

So sieht eine typische BibleTime-Sitzung aus: +Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung

Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 3. Programmbedienung

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Programmberblick
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Das Bcherregal
Die Lupe
Die Arbeitsflche
In Werken suchen
Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen
Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen
Such-Konfiguration
Suchergebnisse
Der Bcherregal Verwalter
Bcherregal-Pfade einrichten
Werke installieren/updaten
Werk(e) entfernen
Suchindizes
Exortieren und Drucken

Programmberblick

So sieht eine typische BibleTime-Sitzung aus:

Das BibleTime-Applikations-Fenster

Sie knnen leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte des Applikations-Fensters erkennen. Das Fenster oben links erlaubt das ffnen installierter Werke im diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html deleted file mode 100644 index 6b820f4..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis

Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis
ZurckKapitel 5. Referenz

Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis

Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkrzel und ihrer korrespondierenden -Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkrzel sind (grob) alphabetisch -sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen mchten, welches Tastenkrzel -eine bestimmte Menfunktion hat, so knnen Sie entweder den Meneintrag in -BibleTime ansehen (da grundstzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkrzel -mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkrzel in diesem Abschnitt nachsehen.

TastenkrzelBeschreibung
- AltLeft - Im Lesefenster-Verlauf zurckblttern.
- AltRight - Im Lesefenster-Verlauf vorwrtsblttern.
- StrgAltF - - Suche → In Standardbibel -suchen... ffnet den Suchdialog, um in -der Standardbibel zu suchen.
- StrgAltG - - Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Automatisches -Vertikal-Kacheln schaltet die automatische -Fensteranordnung auf vertikalen Kachelmodus. -
- StrgAltH - - Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Automatisches -Horizontal-Kacheln schaltet die automatische -Fensteranordnung auf horizontalen Kachelmodus.
- StrgAltJ - - Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Automatisches -Staffeln schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf -automatisches Staffeln.
- StrgAltM - - Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Manuell schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf den manuellen Modus.
- StrgAltS - - Fenster → Als neue Sitzung -speichern speichert die aktuelle Sitzung -als neue Sitzung ab.
- StrgAltW - - Fenster → Alle Fenster schlieen schliet alle geffneten Fenster.
- Strg- - Verkleinern. Dies verkleinert die Schriftgre von Lesefenstern.
- Strg+ - Vergrern. Dies vergrert die Schriftgre von Lesefenstern.
- StrgA - Alles auswhlen. Dies whlt den gesamten Text in Lesefenstern aus.
- StrgC - Kopieren. Dies kopiert ausgewhlten Text in die Zwischenablage.
- StrgF - Suchen. Diese Funktion erlaubt Ihnen innerhalb eines Lesefenster-Textes zu -suchen.
- StrgG - - Fenster → Vertikal kacheln setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf vertikales -Kacheln. -
- StrgH - - Fenster → Horizontal kacheln setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf horizontales -Kacheln. -
- StrgJ - - Fenster → Staffeln - setzt den Staffelmodus fr die Fensteranordnung. -
- StrgL - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
- StrgN - Search with works of this window.
- StrgO - - Suche → In offenen Werken -suchen... ffnet den Suchdialog, um in -allen gegenwrtig geffneten Werken zu suchen.
- StrgQ - - Datei → Beenden - schliet BibleTime.
- StrgW - Schliet das aktuelle Fenster.
- F1 - - Hilfe → Handbuch ffnet das Handbuch.
- F2 - - Hilfe → Anleitung zum -Bibelstudium ffnet das Bibelstudium-HowTo.
- F4 - - -Einstellungen → Bcherregal-Verwaltung -ffnet die Bcherregal-Verwaltung.
- F8 - - Ansicht → Bcherregal anzeigen aktiviert die Anzeige des Bcherregals.
- F9 - - Ansicht → Lupenfenster anzeigen aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters.
ZurckNach oben
WerksreferenzZum Anfang
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff641f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis
Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis
ZurckKapitel 5. Referenz

Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis

Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkrzel und ihrer korrespondierenden +Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkrzel sind (grob) alphabetisch +sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen mchten, welches Tastenkrzel +eine bestimmte Menfunktion hat, so knnen Sie entweder den Meneintrag in +BibleTime ansehen (da grundstzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkrzel +mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkrzel in diesem Abschnitt nachsehen.

TastenkrzelBeschreibung
+ AltLeft + Im Lesefenster-Verlauf zurckblttern.
+ AltRight + Im Lesefenster-Verlauf vorwrtsblttern.
+ StrgAltF + + Suche → In Standardbibel +suchen... ffnet den Suchdialog, um in +der Standardbibel zu suchen.
+ StrgAltG + + Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Automatisches +Vertikal-Kacheln schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf vertikalen Kachelmodus. +
+ StrgAltH + + Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Automatisches +Horizontal-Kacheln schaltet die automatische +Fensteranordnung auf horizontalen Kachelmodus.
+ StrgAltJ + + Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Automatisches +Staffeln schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf +automatisches Staffeln.
+ StrgAltM + + Fenster → Anordnungs-Art → Manuell schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf den manuellen Modus.
+ StrgAltS + + Fenster → Als neue Sitzung +speichern speichert die aktuelle Sitzung +als neue Sitzung ab.
+ StrgAltW + + Fenster → Alle Fenster schlieen schliet alle geffneten Fenster.
+ Strg- + Verkleinern. Dies verkleinert die Schriftgre von Lesefenstern.
+ Strg+ + Vergrern. Dies vergrert die Schriftgre von Lesefenstern.
+ StrgA + Alles auswhlen. Dies whlt den gesamten Text in Lesefenstern aus.
+ StrgC + Kopieren. Dies kopiert ausgewhlten Text in die Zwischenablage.
+ StrgF + Suchen. Diese Funktion erlaubt Ihnen innerhalb eines Lesefenster-Textes zu +suchen.
+ StrgG + + Fenster → Vertikal kacheln setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf vertikales +Kacheln. +
+ StrgH + + Fenster → Horizontal kacheln setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf horizontales +Kacheln. +
+ StrgJ + + Fenster → Staffeln + setzt den Staffelmodus fr die Fensteranordnung. +
+ StrgL + Ort ndern. Wechselt den Fokus zur Werkzeugleiste des selektierten Werkes.
+ StrgN + Das Suchfenster mit den Werken dieses Fensters ffnen.
+ StrgO + + Suche → In offenen Werken +suchen... ffnet den Suchdialog, um in +allen gegenwrtig geffneten Werken zu suchen.
+ StrgQ + + Datei → Beenden + schliet BibleTime.
+ StrgW + Schliet das aktuelle Fenster.
+ F1 + + Hilfe → Handbuch ffnet das Handbuch.
+ F2 + + Hilfe → Anleitung zum +Bibelstudium ffnet das Bibelstudium-HowTo.
+ F4 + + +Einstellungen → Bcherregal-Verwaltung +ffnet die Bcherregal-Verwaltung.
+ F8 + + Ansicht → Bcherregal anzeigen aktiviert die Anzeige des Bcherregals.
+ F9 + + Ansicht → Lupenfenster anzeigen aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters.
ZurckNach oben
WerksreferenzZum Anfang
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html deleted file mode 100644 index aa71064..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -Toolbar reference
Toolbar reference
PrevChapter5.ReferenzNext

Toolbar reference

Please review the preceding -section for an explanation of the buttons that you find on the -toolbar. You can also move the cursor over a button and wait a few -seconds to activate the button's tooltip with a short description.

Sie knnen die Werkzeugleiste ihren Bedrfnissen anpassen. Bitte benutzen -Sie den folgenden Eintrag aus dem Hauptmen: -

- - Settings → Configure toolbars -

Werkzeugleisten einrichten

Please see this -section for detailed instructions.

PrevUpNext
Chapter5.ReferenzHomeHotKeys index
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index f0edda3..ebd86ca 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Werksreferenz
Werksreferenz
ZurckKapitel 5. ReferenzWeiter

Werksreferenz

+Werksreferenz

Werksreferenz
ZurckKapitel 5. ReferenzWeiter

Werksreferenz

In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie Beschreibungen der mit geffneten Werken assoziierten Symbolzeichen.

@@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ assoziierten Symbolzeichen.

Whlt ein zustzliches Glossar oder eine zustzliche Andacht aus.

-

ZurckNach obenWeiter
Kapitel 5. ReferenzZum AnfangTastenkrzel-Verzeichnis
+

ZurckNach obenWeiter
Kapitel 5. ReferenzZum AnfangTastenkrzel-Verzeichnis
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html index d4a54bc..c8e2159 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kapitel 5. Referenz
Kapitel 5. Referenz
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 5. Referenz

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Hauptmen-Referenz
+Kapitel 5. Referenz
Kapitel 5. Referenz
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 5. Referenz

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Hauptmen-Referenz
File
View @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ Settings
Help -
Werksreferenz
Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis

Hauptmen-Referenz

In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Eintrge im +

Werksreferenz
Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis

Hauptmen-Referenz

In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Eintrge im BibleTime-Hauptmen. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge angeordnet, wie Sie auch in BibleTime auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereintrgen unterhalb ihrer jeweiligen Obermens. Sie knnen auch alle Kurzbefehle der Eintrge -nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in diesem Abschnitt.

+nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in diesem Abschnitt.

File

@@ -122,10 +122,8 @@ nach.

Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

- Bcherregal-Verwaltung. Hiermit wird ein Dialog zur -Konfiguration und Verwaltung Ihres Bcherregals aufgerufen. Schauen Sie -bitte in diesem Abschnitt -fr Details nach.

+ Hiermit wird ein Dialog, zur Sword-Konfiguration und Konfiguration +Ihrer Bcherregal-Verwaltung aufgerufen. Schauen Sie bitte in diesem Abschnitt fr Details nach.

Help

diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 7fa538c..283380b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Start-Sequenz
Start-Sequenz
ZurckKapitel 2. BibleTime startenWeiter

Start-Sequenz

Wenn BibleTime startet, knnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen +Start-Sequenz

Start-Sequenz
ZurckKapitel 2. BibleTime startenWeiter

Start-Sequenz

Wenn BibleTime startet, knnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen des Hauptfensters sehen:

Bookshelf Manager

diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html index 00fcb7e..c8644ea 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,13 +1,11 @@ -Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten

Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Wie BibleTime zu starten ist
BibleTime starten
Andere Fenstermanager
Konfiguration des Startverhaltens
Start-Sequenz

Wie BibleTime zu starten ist

BibleTime starten

BibleTime ist eine ausfhrbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert +Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten

Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten
ZurckWeiter

Kapitel 2. BibleTime starten

Inhaltsverzeichnis

Wie BibleTime zu starten ist
BibleTime starten
Konfiguration des Startverhaltens
Start-Sequenz

Wie BibleTime zu starten ist

BibleTime starten

BibleTime ist eine ausfhrbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert ist. Sie knnen BibleTime aus dem Startmen mit folgendem Symbol starten:

BibleTime-Start-Symbol

BibleTime kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen werden. Um BibleTime zu starten, ffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben Sie folgendes ein: - 

BibleTime

Andere Fenstermanager

BibleTime kann mit anderen Fenstermanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox, FluxBox, -OpenBox oder Sawfish verwendet werden, vorausgesetzt, dass die -entsprechenden Basis-Bibliotheken bereits auf Ihrem Rechner installiert -sind.

Konfiguration des Startverhaltens

Von einem Terminal aus knnen Sie BibleTime folgendermaen verwenden, um -einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible
-      "<random>"

Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"

Sie knnen auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwrtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen.

ZurckWeiter
Kapitel 1. EinleitungZum AnfangStart-Sequenz
+ 

bibletime

Konfiguration des Startverhaltens

Von einem Terminal aus knnen Sie BibleTime folgendermaen verwenden, um +einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

+ Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"

+ Sie knnen auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwrtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen.

ZurckWeiter
Kapitel 1. EinleitungZum AnfangStart-Sequenz
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html index 17ac774..89a92f6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ -Das BibleTime-Handbuch
Das BibleTime-Handbuch
Weiter

Das BibleTime-Handbuch

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.3

Copyright 1999-2009 Das BibleTime-Team

Der BibleTime-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von BibleTime.

Zusammenfassung

BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.

Inhaltsverzeichnis

1. Einleitung
ber BibleTime
Vorhandene Werke
Motivation
2. BibleTime starten
Wie BibleTime zu starten ist
BibleTime starten
Andere Fenstermanager
Konfiguration des Startverhaltens
Start-Sequenz
3. Programmbedienung
Programmberblick
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Das Bcherregal
Die Lupe
Die Arbeitsflche
In Werken suchen
Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen
Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen
Such-Konfiguration
Suchergebnisse
Der Bcherregal Verwalter
Bcherregal-Pfade einrichten
Werke installieren/updaten
Werk(e) entfernen
Suchindizes
Exortieren und Drucken
4. BibleTime einrichten
Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren
+Das BibleTime-Handbuch
Das BibleTime-Handbuch
Weiter

Das BibleTime-Handbuch

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.4

Copyright 1999-2009 Das BibleTime-Team

Der BibleTime-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von BibleTime.

Zusammenfassung

BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System +basiert.

Inhaltsverzeichnis

1. Einleitung
ber BibleTime
Vorhandene Werke
Motivation
2. BibleTime starten
Wie BibleTime zu starten ist
BibleTime starten
Konfiguration des Startverhaltens
Start-Sequenz
3. Programmbedienung
Programmberblick
Elemente des BibleTime Fensters
Das Bcherregal
Die Lupe
Die Arbeitsflche
In Werken suchen
Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen
Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen
Such-Konfiguration
Suchergebnisse
Der Bcherregal Verwalter
Bcherregal-Pfade einrichten
Werke installieren/updaten
Werk(e) entfernen
Suchindizes
Exortieren und Drucken
4. BibleTime einrichten
Dialog BibleTime konfigurieren
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts
5. Referenz
Hauptmen-Referenz
File
@@ -18,4 +19,4 @@ Settings
Help -
Werksreferenz
Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis

Tabellenverzeichnis

3.1. Sucharten
4.1. Unicode Schriftarten
Weiter
Kapitel 1. Einleitung
+
Werksreferenz
Tastenkrzel-Verzeichnis

Tabellenverzeichnis

3.1. Sucharten
4.1. Unicode Schriftarten
Weiter
Kapitel 1. Einleitung
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 81f9bed..a829ace 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ Settings Configure &bibletime;. + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -27,6 +28,23 @@ size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</para> </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + + Many features provided by the &sword; backend can now be + customized in &bibletime;. These features are documented + right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify + standard works that should be used when no specific work is + specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used + to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you + hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses + referred to, according to the standard Bible you + specified. With the use of text filters, you can control the + appearance of the text. + + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> @@ -139,8 +157,9 @@ <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> Crosswire's font directory</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible - Society Ftp site.</entry> + + <entry>Several fonts available from the &cbs; + FTP site.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -177,31 +196,27 @@ them</ulink>).</para> </sect3> </sect2> - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - - Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be - customized in &bibletime;. These features are documented - right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify - standard works that should be used when no specific work is - specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used - to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you - hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses - referred to, according to the standard Bible you - specified. - - + + - <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> - HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the - place of the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s - commands have predefined HotKeys (see - this section for a - complete listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be - assigned HotKeys here. This is very helpful to quickly access the - functions that you need the most. + + Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key + commands that can be used in the + place of the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s + commands have predefined Shortcuts (see + this section for a + complete listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be + assigned Shortcuts. This is very helpful to quickly access the + functions that you need the most. + + + + + + In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a + secondary shortcut defined, CTRL+2. diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index ce72462..3cb1b99 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -2,27 +2,26 @@ Introduction About &bibletime; + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for - different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works - modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the - Sword library, - which provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such - as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product - of the Crosswire Bible - Society. + different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works + modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the + &sword; library, + which provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such + as viewing Bible text, searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product + of the &cbs;. &bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in - one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete - information on the supported document formats can be found in the - - developers section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible - Society. + one of the formats supported by the &sword; project. Complete + information on the supported document formats can be found in the + + developers section of the &sword; Project, &cbs;. Available works Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the - Crosswire Bible - Society. These include: + &cbs;. + These include: Bibles @@ -33,7 +32,7 @@ only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is the most advanced section in the library of - the Sword project. + the &sword; project. diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index abf7062..7ab4ec9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see - this page on the Crosswire Bible Society web + this page on the &cbs; web site. @@ -168,11 +168,11 @@ Editing your own commentary + To be able to store your own comments about parts of the - Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the - Crosswire Bible - Society. This work is called "Personal - commentary". + Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the + &cbs;. + This work is called "Personal commentary". If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting - Find..., or by using the hotkey + Find..., or by using the shortcut &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works. @@ -266,57 +266,79 @@ ranges by clicking the Setup ranges button. + Basic Search Syntax Introduction - Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the - search function will return results that match any of the - search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the - terms by AND. - You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of - characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of - brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR - spirit) AND God'. + + Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the + search function will return results that match all the + words. If you want to find any of the words entered, select + the Some words button. If you want to + perform a more complex search, select the + Free button. You can see examples of + searches by clicking on full syntax. + + + You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of + characters, while '?' will match any single character. The use of + brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR + spirit) AND God'. + To search text other than the main text, enter the text - type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to - search for the Strong's number H8077, use - 'strong:H8077'. + type followed by ':', and then the search term. Refer to the + table below for examples. + Available text types: Search Types - + Prefix Meaning + Example heading: searches headings + heading:Jesus footnote: searches footnotes + footnote:Moses strong: searches Strong's Numbers + strong:G535 morph: searches morphology codes + morph:N-GSM
+ + + You can right click on an installed work and select + About to find which of the above search + criteria may work for you. Not all works have the + built in features for performing this type of search. + + &bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your - searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more - about it here: - - http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html + searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more + about it here: + + http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html. + Search results Here you can see how many instances of the search string @@ -387,9 +409,9 @@ Install/update work(s) With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your - local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), - or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, - or another site offering Sword modules). You can manage your + local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), + or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of &sword; modules, + or another site offering &sword; modules). You can manage your libraries with Add library and Delete library. diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 1ee4cc9..111fba9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ entries in the main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in &bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see - the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be + the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of all shortcuts can be found in - this section. + this section. <guimenu>File</guimenu> @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your &sword; configuration and manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> @@ -811,22 +811,22 @@ </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> - <title>HotKeys index - This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding - description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) - alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a + + Shortcuts index + This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding + description in the handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) + alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in - &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it + &bibletime; (as it always shows the shortcut), or you can look it up in this section. - + - Hotkey + Shortcut Description diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 111985d..77cc67d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ Starting &bibletime; + How to start &bibletime; + Starting &bibletime; &bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated @@ -15,29 +17,24 @@ &bibletime; start icon + &bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch &bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: - &bibletime; - - - Other window managers - &bibletime; can be used with other window managers such - as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the - appropriate base libraries are already - installed on your computer. + bibletime + Startup customization From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a - random verse in the default bible: - bibletime --open-default-bible - "<random>"To open at a given passage like John - 3:16, use: - bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"You - can also use booknames in your current bookname language. + random verse in the default bible: + bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" + To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16" + You can also use booknames in your current bookname language. + Startup sequence As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook index 7671567..5eb8415 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ [ BibleTime'> Sword'> + Crosswire Bible Society'> KDE'> Qt'> @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ The &bibletime; handbook is part of &bibletime;. - 2009-09 - 2.3 + 2009-10 + 2.4 - &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword - framework. + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; + framework. - QT4 + Qt4 bibletime sword crosswire diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html index ccf8aa1..5ef0953 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Chapter4.Configuring BibleTime
Chapter4.Configuring BibleTime
PrevNext

Chapter4.Configuring BibleTime

Table of Contents

Configure BibleTime Dialog
+Chapter4.Configuring BibleTime
Chapter4.Configuring BibleTime
PrevNext

Chapter4.Configuring BibleTime

Table of Contents

Configure BibleTime Dialog
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts

In this section you find an overview to configure BibleTime, which can be found under Settings in the main menu.

Configure BibleTime Dialog

The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many @@ -18,7 +18,18 @@ following options:

  • Show startup logo

Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you - select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.

+ select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.

+ Desk +

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be + customized in BibleTime. These features are documented + right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify + standard works that should be used when no specific work is + specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used + to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you + hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses + referred to, according to the standard Bible you + specified. With the use of text filters, you can control the + appearance of the text.

Languages

Here you can specify which language should be used for the biblical booknames. Set this to your native language, if it is @@ -65,8 +76,8 @@ A new free Unicode font initiative. Crosswire's font directory - Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible - Society Ftp site. + Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society + FTP site. Bitstream CyberBit Covers almost the entire range of Unicode, but @@ -83,22 +94,14 @@ Alan Wood ( Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support - them).

- Desk -

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be - customized in BibleTime. These features are documented - right in the dialog. You also have the possibility to specify - standard works that should be used when no specific work is - specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is used - to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you - hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses - referred to, according to the standard Bible you - specified.

- HotKeys -

HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the - place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's - commands have predefined HotKeys (see - this section for a - complete listing). Most of BibleTime's commands can be - assigned HotKeys here. This is very helpful to quickly access the - functions that you need the most.

PrevNext
Exporting and PrintingHomeChapter5.Reference
+ them).

+ Shortcuts +

Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key + commands that can be used in the + place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's + commands have predefined Shortcuts (see + this section for a + complete listing). Most of BibleTime's commands can be + assigned Shortcuts. This is very helpful to quickly access the + functions that you need the most.

In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a + secondary shortcut defined, CTRL+2.

PrevNext
Exporting and PrintingHomeChapter5.Reference
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html index dc03919..656b3c4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,25 +1,23 @@ -Chapter1.Introduction
Chapter1.Introduction
PrevNext

Chapter1.Introduction

Table of Contents

About BibleTime
Available works
Motivation

About BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for - different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works - modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the - Sword library, - which provides the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such - as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product - of the Crosswire Bible - Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in - one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete - information on the supported document formats can be found in the - - developers section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible - Society.

Available works

Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the - Crosswire Bible - Society. These include: +Chapter1.Introduction

Chapter1.Introduction
PrevNext

Chapter1.Introduction

Table of Contents

About BibleTime
Available works
Motivation

About BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for + different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works + modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the + Sword library, + which provides the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such + as viewing Bible text, searching etc. Sword is the flagship product + of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in + one of the formats supported by the Sword project. Complete + information on the supported document formats can be found in the + + developers section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

Available works

Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the + Crosswire Bible Society. + These include:

Bibles

The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is the most advanced section in the library of - the Sword project.

Books

Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma + the Sword project.

Books

Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"

Commentaries

Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 2e6357b..d3080de 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -The Bookshelf Manager

- Pikanäppäin + Shortcut Kuvaus diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 2f4a910..560bc7c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ &bibletime;n käynnistys + Kuinka &bibletime; käynnistetään + &bibletime;n käynnistys &bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You @@ -14,26 +16,24 @@ can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: &bibletime; käynnistyskuvake + &bibletime;-ohjelman voi käynnistää terminaali-ikkunan komentoriviltä. Käynnistääksesi &bibletime;-ohjelman, avaa terminaali-ikkuna ja kirjoita: - &bibletime; - - - Muut ikkunamanagerit - &bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer. + bibletime + Käynnistyksen säätäminen Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa -&bibletime;n komennolla: - bibletime --open-default-bible - "<random>"Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 käytä: - bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"Voit käyttää kirjanniminä tämänhetkistä kielivalintaa. +&bibletime;n komennolla: + bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" + Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 käytä: + bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16" + Voit käyttää kirjanniminä tämänhetkistä kielivalintaa. + Käynnistyssarja Kun &bibletime; käynnistyy, näet seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin &bibletime;n diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook index b46e9a1..9cc70fd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ [ BibleTime'> Sword'> + Crosswire Bible Society'> KDE'> Qt'> @@ -47,13 +48,13 @@ &bibletime;-käsikirja on osa &bibletime;-ohjelmaa. - 2009-09 - 2.3 + 2009-10 + 2.4 - &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework. + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; framework. - QT4 + Qt4 bibletime sword crosswire diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html index 2580f60..3db96b1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
The +The Bookshelf Manager
The Bookshelf Manager
PrevChapter3.Program operationNext

The Bookshelf Manager

The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ paths. When you start BibleTime, it will show all works on the CD if it is present.

Install/update work(s)

With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your - local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), - or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, - or another site offering Sword modules). You can manage your + local Bookshelf. These libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), + or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online repository of Sword modules, + or another site offering Sword modules). You can manage your libraries with Add library and Delete library.

To begin the installation or update process, select a diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 7e6b9c8..6623e0c 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Exporting and Printing

Exporting and Printing
PrevChapter3.Program operationNext

Exporting and Printing

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with +Exporting and Printing

Exporting and Printing
PrevChapter3.Program operationNext

Exporting and Printing

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 1ec0a2b..274acf4 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Parts of the BibleTime application window

Parts of the BibleTime application window
PrevChapter3.Program operationNext

Parts of the BibleTime application window

The Bookshelf

The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category +Parts of the BibleTime application window

Parts of the BibleTime application window
PrevChapter3.Program operationNext

Parts of the BibleTime application window

The Bookshelf

The Bookshelf lists all installed works, sorted by category and language. It also has a category called "Bookmarks". This is where you can store and access your own bookmarks.

Reading works

To open a work from the bookshelf for reading, simply click with the @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see - this page on the Crosswire Bible Society web + this page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Searching in works

You can search in a work by clicking with the right mouse button on its symbol and selecting @@ -79,10 +79,9 @@ placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at Window → Arrangement mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

Editing your own commentary

To be able to store your own comments about parts of the - Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the - Crosswire Bible - Society. This work is called "Personal - commentary".

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its + Bible, you have install a certain work from the library of the + Crosswire Bible Society. + This work is called "Personal commentary".

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 07ec0af..d2d1af8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Searching in works

Searching in works
PrevChapter3.Program operationNext

Searching in works

Searching text in an open read window

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window +Searching in works

Searching in works
PrevChapter3.Program operationNext

Searching in works

Searching text in an open read window

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting - Find..., or by using the hotkey + Find..., or by using the shortcut CtrlF. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.

Accessing the search dialog

You can search in a work by clicking with the right mouse button on its symbol in the @@ -25,21 +25,27 @@ list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the - Setup ranges button.

Basic Search Syntax Introduction

Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the - search function will return results that match any of the - search terms (OR). To search for all the terms separate the - terms by AND.

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of - characters, while '?' matches any single character. The use of - brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR - spirit) AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text - type followed by ':', and then the search term. For example, to - search for the Strong's number H8077, use - 'strong:H8077'.

Available text types: -

Table3.1.Search Types

PrefixMeaning
heading:searches headings
footnote:searches footnotes
strong:searches Strong's Numbers
morph:searches morphology codes


BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your - searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more - about it here: - - http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Search results

Here you can see how many instances of the search string + Setup ranges button.

Basic Search Syntax Introduction

Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the + search function will return results that match all the + words. If you want to find any of the words entered, select + the Some words button. If you want to + perform a more complex search, select the + Free button. You can see examples of + searches by clicking on full syntax. +

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of + characters, while '?' will match any single character. The use of + brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR + spirit) AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text + type followed by ':', and then the search term. Refer to the + table below for examples.

Available text types: +

Table3.1.Search Types

PrefixMeaningExample
heading:searches headingsheading:Jesus
footnote:searches footnotesfootnote:Moses
strong:searches Strong's Numbersstrong:G535
morph:searches morphology codesmorph:N-GSM


Tip

You can right click on an installed work and select + About to find which of the above search + criteria may work for you. Not all works have the + built in features for performing this type of search.

BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your + searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more + about it here: + + http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html.

Search results

Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html index b3d1694..9df97c7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter3.Program operation

Chapter3.Program operation
PrevNext

Chapter3.Program operation

Table of Contents

Program overview
Parts of the BibleTime application window
The Bookshelf
The Mag(nifying glass)
The Desk
Searching in works
Searching text in an open read window
Accessing the search dialog
Search configuration
Search results
The +Chapter3.Program operation
Chapter3.Program operation
PrevNext

Chapter3.Program operation

Table of Contents

Program overview
Parts of the BibleTime application window
The Bookshelf
The Mag(nifying glass)
The Desk
Searching in works
Searching text in an open read window
Accessing the search dialog
Search configuration
Search results
The Bookshelf Manager
Bookshelf path(s) setup
Install/update work(s)
Remove work(s)
Search Indexes
Exporting and Printing

Program overview

This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like:

The BibleTime application window

You can easily see the different parts of the diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html deleted file mode 100644 index 0054c9e..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -HotKeys index

HotKeys index
PrevChapter5.Reference

HotKeys index

This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding - description in the handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) - alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which hotkey a - certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in - BibleTime (as it always shows the hotkey), or you can look it - up in - this section.

HotkeyDescription
- AltLeft - Moves back in the history of read windows.
- AltRight - Moves forward in the history of read - windows.
- CtrlAltF - - - Search → Search in default bible - equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the - default bible.
- CtrlAltG - - Window → Arrangement mode → Auto-tile vertically equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. -
- CtrlAltH - - Window → Arrangement mode → Auto-tile horizontally equivalent; toggle automatic window - tiling.
- CtrlAltJ - - Window → Arrangement mode → Auto-cascade equivalent; toggle automatic window - cascading.
- CtrlAltM - - Window → Arrangement mode → Manual mode equivalent; toggle manual window - placement.
- CtrlAltS - - - Window → Save as new session - equivalent; saves current layout as new - session.
- CtrlAltW - - - Window → Close all - equivalent; closes all open windows.
- Ctrl- - Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read - windows.
- Ctrl+ - Zoom in. This increases the font size of read - windows.
- CtrlA - Select all. This selects all text in read - windows.
- CtrlC - Copy. This copies the selected text to the - clipboard.
- CtrlF - Search. This lets you search within the text of a - read window.
- CtrlG - - - Window → Tile vertically - equivalent. -
- CtrlH - - - Window → Tile horizontally - equivalent. -
- CtrlJ - - - Window → Cascade - windows equivalent. -
- CtrlL - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the - selected work.
- CtrlN - Search with works of this window.
- CtrlO - - - Search → Search in open work(s) - equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all - currently opened works.
- CtrlQ - - - File → Quit - equivalent; closes BibleTime.
- CtrlW - Closes the current window.
- F1 - - Help → Handbook equivalent; opens the handbook.
- F2 - - Help → BibleStudy Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy - Howto.
- F4 - - - - Settings → Bookshelf Manager - equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.
- F8 - - - View → Show Bookshelf - equivalent; toggles display of the - Bookshelf.
- F9 - - - View → Show mag - equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying - glass).
PrevUp
Works referenceHome
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..584b187 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +Shortcuts index
Shortcuts index
PrevChapter5.Reference

Shortcuts index

This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding + description in the handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) + alphabetical. If you want to directly find out which shortcuts a + certain menu item has, you can either look at the entry itself in + BibleTime (as it always shows the shortcut), or you can look it + up in + this section.

ShortcutDescription
+ AltLeft + Moves back in the history of read windows.
+ AltRight + Moves forward in the history of read + windows.
+ CtrlAltF + + + Search → Search in default bible + equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the + default bible.
+ CtrlAltG + + Window → Arrangement mode → Auto-tile vertically equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. +
+ CtrlAltH + + Window → Arrangement mode → Auto-tile horizontally equivalent; toggle automatic window + tiling.
+ CtrlAltJ + + Window → Arrangement mode → Auto-cascade equivalent; toggle automatic window + cascading.
+ CtrlAltM + + Window → Arrangement mode → Manual mode equivalent; toggle manual window + placement.
+ CtrlAltS + + + Window → Save as new session + equivalent; saves current layout as new + session.
+ CtrlAltW + + + Window → Close all + equivalent; closes all open windows.
+ Ctrl- + Zoom out. This decreases the font size of read + windows.
+ Ctrl+ + Zoom in. This increases the font size of read + windows.
+ CtrlA + Select all. This selects all text in read + windows.
+ CtrlC + Copy. This copies the selected text to the + clipboard.
+ CtrlF + Search. This lets you search within the text of a + read window.
+ CtrlG + + + Window → Tile vertically + equivalent. +
+ CtrlH + + + Window → Tile horizontally + equivalent. +
+ CtrlJ + + + Window → Cascade + windows equivalent. +
+ CtrlL + Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the + selected work.
+ CtrlN + Search with works of this window.
+ CtrlO + + + Search → Search in open work(s) + equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all + currently opened works.
+ CtrlQ + + + File → Quit + equivalent; closes BibleTime.
+ CtrlW + Closes the current window.
+ F1 + + Help → Handbook equivalent; opens the handbook.
+ F2 + + Help → BibleStudy Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy + Howto.
+ F4 + + + + Settings → Bookshelf Manager + equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager.
+ F8 + + + View → Show Bookshelf + equivalent; toggles display of the + Bookshelf.
+ F9 + + + View → Show mag + equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying + glass).
PrevUp
Works referenceHome
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html deleted file mode 100644 index f9ededd..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -Toolbar reference
Toolbar reference
PrevChapter5.ReferenceNext

Toolbar reference

Please review - the preceding - section for an explanation of the buttons that you find on - the toolbar. You can also - move the cursor over a button and wait a few - seconds to activate the button's tooltip with a short - description.

You can adapt the toolbar to your needs. Please use the - following entry in the main menu: -

- - Settings → Configure toolbars -

Configure toolbars

Please see - this - section for detailed instructions.

PrevUpNext
Chapter5.ReferenceHomeHotKeys index
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index f9e0613..4b9bf41 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Works reference
Works reference
PrevChapter5.ReferenceNext

Works reference

+Works reference

Works reference
PrevChapter5.ReferenceNext

Works reference

In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open works.

@@ -85,4 +85,4 @@

Select an additional glossary or devotional.

-

PrevUpNext
Chapter5.ReferenceHomeHotKeys index
+

PrevUpNext
Chapter5.ReferenceHomeShortcuts index
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html index 2e896d0..b706086 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapter5.Reference
Chapter5.Reference
PrevNext

Chapter5.Reference

Table of Contents

Main menu reference
+Chapter5.Reference
Chapter5.Reference
PrevNext

Chapter5.Reference

Table of Contents

Main menu reference
File
View @@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
HotKeys index

Main menu reference

In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all +

Works reference
Shortcuts index

Main menu reference

In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of BibleTime. They are ordered in just the way they appear in BibleTime, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they belong to. You can also see - the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of all hotkeys can be + the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of all shortcuts can be found in - this section.

+ this section.

File

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

- Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword + Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index c437f1a..d92ac52 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Startup sequence
Startup sequence
PrevChapter2.Starting BibleTimeNext

Startup sequence

As BibleTime launches you may see the following screens +Startup sequence

Startup sequence
PrevChapter2.Starting BibleTimeNext

Startup sequence

As BibleTime launches you may see the following screens before the main BibleTime window opens:

Bookshelf Manager

diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html index c0a959f..087a66f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,16 +1,12 @@ -Chapter2.Starting BibleTime

Chapter2.Starting BibleTime
PrevNext

Chapter2.Starting BibleTime

Table of Contents

How to start BibleTime
Starting BibleTime
Other window managers
Startup customization
Startup sequence

How to start BibleTime

Starting BibleTime

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated +Chapter2.Starting BibleTime

Chapter2.Starting BibleTime
PrevNext

Chapter2.Starting BibleTime

Table of Contents

How to start BibleTime
Starting BibleTime
Startup customization
Startup sequence

How to start BibleTime

Starting BibleTime

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon:

BibleTime start icon

BibleTime can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch BibleTime, open a terminal window and type: - 

BibleTime

Other window managers

BibleTime can be used with other window managers such - as Gnome, BlackBox, Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the - appropriate base libraries are already - installed on your computer.

Startup customization

From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a - random verse in the default bible: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible
-      "<random>"

To open at a given passage like John - 3:16, use: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

You - can also use booknames in your current bookname language.

PrevNext
Chapter1.IntroductionHomeStartup sequence
+ 

bibletime

Startup customization

From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a + random verse in the default bible: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

+ To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

+ You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.

PrevNext
Chapter1.IntroductionHomeStartup sequence
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html index 40d162d..7910e8b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -The BibleTime handbook
The BibleTime handbook
Next

The BibleTime handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.3

Copyright 1999-2009 the BibleTime team

The BibleTime handbook is part of - BibleTime.

Abstract

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword - framework.

Table of Contents

1. Introduction
About BibleTime
Available works
Motivation
2. Starting BibleTime
How to start BibleTime
Starting BibleTime
Other window managers
Startup customization
Startup sequence
3. Program operation
Program overview
Parts of the BibleTime application window
The Bookshelf
The Mag(nifying glass)
The Desk
Searching in works
Searching text in an open read window
Accessing the search dialog
Search configuration
Search results
The +The BibleTime handbook
The BibleTime handbook
Next

The BibleTime handbook

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.4

Copyright 1999-2009 the BibleTime team

The BibleTime handbook is part of + BibleTime.

Abstract

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword + framework.

Table of Contents

1. Introduction
About BibleTime
Available works
Motivation
2. Starting BibleTime
How to start BibleTime
Starting BibleTime
Startup customization
Startup sequence
3. Program operation
Program overview
Parts of the BibleTime application window
The Bookshelf
The Mag(nifying glass)
The Desk
Searching in works
Searching text in an open read window
Accessing the search dialog
Search configuration
Search results
The Bookshelf Manager
Bookshelf path(s) setup
Install/update work(s)
Remove work(s)
Search Indexes
Exporting and Printing
4. Configuring BibleTime
Configure BibleTime Dialog
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts
5. Reference
Main menu reference
File
@@ -21,4 +21,4 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
HotKeys index

List of Tables

3.1. Search Types
4.1. Unicode Fonts
Next
Chapter1.Introduction
+
Works reference
Shortcuts index

List of Tables

3.1. Search Types
4.1. Unicode Fonts
Next
Chapter1.Introduction
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png index e6f2c47..2226058 100644 Binary files a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png and b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_shortcuts.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_shortcuts.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc6922a Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_shortcuts.png differ diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index f51c7ce..a3b7ca8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tämä löytyy päävalikon Asetukset mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla Asetukset Aseta &bibletime;. + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -23,6 +24,21 @@ mukaan. Pääset asetusikkunaan valitsemalla jne.). Saatavana on erilaisia sisäänrakennettuja mallipohjia. Jos valitset yhden sellaisen, näet esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.</para> </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + + Many features provided by the &sword; backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text. + + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> @@ -123,7 +139,8 @@ tulee siis käyttää eri kirjasimia eri kielille.</para> <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> Crosswire's font directory</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Useita kirjasimia saatavana Crosswire Bible Society Ftp -palvelimella.</entry> + + <entry>Several fonts available from the &cbs; FTP site.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -155,28 +172,25 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> </sect3> </sect2> - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - - Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified. - - + + - <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> - HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu -items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s commands have predefined HotKeys -(see this section for a -complete listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned HotKeys -here. This is very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the -most. + + Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most. + + + + + + In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2. diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index a6ea086..21ee121 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -2,25 +2,25 @@ Johdanto Tietoja &bibletime;:stä + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">&sword; library, which provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society. +searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product of the &cbs;. - &bibletime; on suunniteltu käyttämään Sword-projektin mallien mukaisia -teoksia. Tuettujen asiakirjamuotojen täydelliset tiedot löytyvät osoitteesta -Crosswire Bible Societyn Sword-projektin kehittäjien -osio. + &bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the &sword; project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the developers +section of the &sword; Project, &cbs;. Saatavana olevat tehtävät - Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielellä ovat saatavana Crosswire Bible Societyn -sivuilta. Nämä sisältävät: + Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the &cbs;. These include: Raamattuja @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ sivuilta. Nämä sisältävät: and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project. +the most advanced section in the library of the &sword; project. diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 443d0ef..a309022 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. +page on the &cbs; web site. @@ -142,9 +142,11 @@ mode . Just try it out, it's simple and works. Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi - Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa -tietty teos Crosswire Bible -Societyn sivuilta. Tämä teos on nimeltään "Personal commentary". + + To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the &cbs;. This work is called "Personal +commentary". If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in @@ -176,7 +178,7 @@ personal commentary. of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey Find..., or by using the shortcut &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works. @@ -223,53 +225,74 @@ selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the Setup ranges button. + Perushaun syntaksiohje - Lisää hakusanat sananvälein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa -tuloksen, joka täsmää mihin tahansa sanaan (TAI). Etsiäksesi kaikkia -hakusanoja, erottele hakusanat AND. - Voit käyttää jokerimerkkejä: '*' täsmää mihin tahansa merkkijonoon kun taas -'?' täsmää mihin tahansa yksittäiseen merkkiin. Sulkumerkit mahdollistavat -hakusanojen ryhmittelyn. Esim. '(Jeesus OR henki) AND Jumala'. + + Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. + + + You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'. + To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'. +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples. + Saatavana olevat tekstityypit: Search Types - + Etuliite Merkitys + Example otsikko: etsii otsikoita + heading:Jesus alaviite: etsii alaviitteitä + footnote:Moses vahvennos: etsii Strongin numeroita + strong:G535 muoto: etsii mofologisia koodeja + morph:N-GSM
+ + + You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search. + + &bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html. + Etsinnän tulokset Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted @@ -329,10 +352,10 @@ works on the CD if it is present. Asenna/päivitä teos/teoksia With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with Add library and -Delete library. +libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of &sword; modules, or another site offering &sword; +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library. To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click on Connect to library. &bibletime; will scan the diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index f64ddb4..75772cd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in &bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they -belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of -all hotkeys can be found in this +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this section. @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ details.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your &sword; configuration and manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> </listitem> @@ -793,20 +793,21 @@ works. </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> - <title>Pikanäppäinten luettelo - This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in this section. + + Shortcuts index + This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section. - +

Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset

Sisllys

Configure BibleTime Dialog
+Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 4. BibleTime:n asetukset

Sisllys

Configure BibleTime Dialog
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts

Tss osiossa on yleiskuvaus, kuinka BibleTime:n asetuksia asetetaan. Ohjelmassa tm lytyy pvalikon Asetukset -kohdasta.

Configure BibleTime Dialog

BibleTime kyttliittym voidaan muokata monella tavalla tarpeittesi @@ -16,7 +16,16 @@ mukaan. P

Kynnistyskyttytymist voidaan st. Valitse seuraavista valinnoista:

  • Nyt aloituskuva

Nyttmallit mrittelevt tekstin renderinnin (vrit, koko jne.). Saatavana on erilaisia sisnrakennettuja mallipohjia. Jos valitset -yhden sellaisen, net esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.

+yhden sellaisen, net esikatselukuvan oikealla paneelissa.

+ Desk +

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text.

Languages

Tss voit mritell, mit kielt kytetn kirjojen nimiss. Aseta tm idinkieleksesi, jos se on saatavilla. Silloin tunnet olosi kotoisaksi.

By default, BibleTime uses the default system display font. You can @@ -50,7 +59,7 @@ tulee siis k A new free Unicode font initiative. Crosswire's font directory - Useita kirjasimia saatavana Crosswire Bible Society Ftp -palvelimella. + Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society FTP site. Bitstream CyberBit Ksitt melkein koko Unicode-merkistn, mutta hidastuttaa BibleTime @@ -61,19 +70,11 @@ heprean ja Thai-kielen. Osittainen peittvyys, katso tietoja linkitetylt sivulta.


Netiss on hyvi Unicode-kirjasinluetteloja, kuten Christoph Singerin ( Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet), tai Alan Woodin ( Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

- Desk -

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.

- HotKeys -

HotKeys are special key commands that can be used in the place of the menu -items and icons. A number of BibleTime's commands have predefined HotKeys -(see this section for a -complete listing). Most of BibleTime's commands can be assigned HotKeys -here. This is very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the -most.

EdellinenSeuraava
Vienti ja tulostusAlkuunLuku 5. Viittaus
+ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

+ Shortcuts +

Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of BibleTime's commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.

In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.

EdellinenSeuraava
Vienti ja tulostusAlkuunLuku 5. Viittaus
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html index 210ea7a..3d5cf5f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,17 +1,16 @@ -Luku 1. Johdanto
Luku 1. Johdanto
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 1. Johdanto

Sisllys

Tietoja BibleTime:st
Saatavana olevat tehtvt
Motivaatiota

Tietoja BibleTime:st

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +Luku 1. Johdanto

Luku 1. Johdanto
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 1. Johdanto

Sisllys

Tietoja BibleTime:st
Saatavana olevat tehtvt
Motivaatiota

Tietoja BibleTime:st

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides +manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime on suunniteltu kyttmn Sword-projektin mallien mukaisia -teoksia. Tuettujen asiakirjamuotojen tydelliset tiedot lytyvt osoitteesta -Crosswire Bible Societyn Sword-projektin kehittjien -osio.

Saatavana olevat tehtvt

Yli 200 asiakirjaa 50 kielell ovat saatavana Crosswire Bible Societyn -sivuilta. Nm sisltvt: +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the developers +section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

Saatavana olevat tehtvt

Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the Crosswire Bible Society. These include:

Raamattuja

The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.

Kirjat

Tarjollaolevat kirjat sisltvt teokset "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.

Kirjat

Tarjollaolevat kirjat sisltvt teokset "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", ja "Josephus: The Complete Works"

Kommentaareja

Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the Personal commentary you can record your own personal notes to diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index c61ed1e..489f389 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kirjahyllyn hallinta

Kirjahyllyn hallinta
EdellinenLuku 3. Ohjelman toimintoSeuraava

Kirjahyllyn hallinta

The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your +Kirjahyllyn hallinta

Kirjahyllyn hallinta
EdellinenLuku 3. Ohjelman toimintoSeuraava

Kirjahyllyn hallinta

The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus

Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start BibleTime, it will show all works on the CD if it is present.

Asenna/pivit teos/teoksia

With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with Add library and -Delete library.

To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library.

To begin the installation or update process, select a library you want to connect to and a local Bookshelf path to install the work(s) to. Then click on Connect to library. BibleTime will scan the contents of the library and present you with a list of works that you can diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html index 6734586..66a3593 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Vienti ja tulostus

Vienti ja tulostus
EdellinenLuku 3. Ohjelman toimintoSeuraava

Vienti ja tulostus

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +Vienti ja tulostus

Vienti ja tulostus
EdellinenLuku 3. Ohjelman toimintoSeuraava

Vienti ja tulostus

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index c362a25..6ab6d26 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna

BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
EdellinenLuku 3. Ohjelman toimintoSeuraava

BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna

Kirjahylly

Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu +BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna

BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
EdellinenLuku 3. Ohjelman toimintoSeuraava

BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna

Kirjahylly

Kirjahyllyn kaikkien asennettujen teosten luettelo, lajiteltu kategorioittain ja kielien mukaan. Se sislt kategorian "Kirjanmerkit". Sinne voit tallentaa ja hakea omia kirjanmerkkejsi.

Lukutehtvi

Avataksesi teoksen kirjahyllyst lukemista varten, napsauta yksinkertaisestivasenta hiiren nappia halutussa @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. "Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Etsint teoksista

You can search in a work by clicking with the +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Etsint teoksista

You can search in a work by clicking with the right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at Window → Arrangement -mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi

Voidaksesi tallentaa omia komenttejasi Ramaatun osiin, sinun tulee asentaa -tietty teos Crosswire Bible -Societyn sivuilta. Tm teos on nimeltn "Personal commentary".

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

Muokkaa omaa kommentaariasi

To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the Crosswire Bible Society. This work is called "Personal +commentary".

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html index f79199a..9ecd7f1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Etsint teoksista

Etsint teoksista
EdellinenLuku 3. Ohjelman toimintoSeuraava

Etsint teoksista

Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +Etsint teoksista

Etsint teoksista
EdellinenLuku 3. Ohjelman toimintoSeuraava

Etsint teoksista

Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how +Find..., or by using the shortcut CtrlF. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.

Etsi-ikkunaan psy

You can search in a work by clicking with the right mouse button on its symbol in the Bookshelf and selecting Search in @@ -17,16 +17,21 @@ multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to search in.

Hakualueiden kyttminen

You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup ranges button.

Perushaun syntaksiohje

Lis hakusanat sananvlein eroteltuna. Oletuksena hakutoiminto palauttaa -tuloksen, joka tsm mihin tahansa sanaan (TAI). Etsiksesi kaikkia -hakusanoja, erottele hakusanat AND.

Voit kytt jokerimerkkej: '*' tsm mihin tahansa merkkijonoon kun taas -'?' tsm mihin tahansa yksittiseen merkkiin. Sulkumerkit mahdollistavat -hakusanojen ryhmittelyn. Esim. '(Jeesus OR henki) AND Jumala'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.

Saatavana olevat tekstityypit: -

Taulu 3.1. Search Types

EtuliiteMerkitys
otsikko:etsii otsikoita
alaviite:etsii alaviitteit
vahvennos:etsii Strongin numeroita
muoto:etsii mofologisia koodeja


BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +Setup ranges button.

Perushaun syntaksiohje

Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. +

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.

Saatavana olevat tekstityypit: +

Taulu 3.1. Search Types

EtuliiteMerkitysExample
otsikko:etsii otsikoitaheading:Jesus
alaviite:etsii alaviitteitfootnote:Moses
vahvennos:etsii Strongin numeroitastrong:G535
muoto:etsii mofologisia koodejamorph:N-GSM


Vihje

You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search.

BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Etsinnn tulokset

Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html.

Etsinnn tulokset

Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html index 117df0c..141cb99 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto

Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto

Sisllys

Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan
BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
Kirjahylly
Suurennuslasi
Typyt
Etsint teoksista
Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa
Etsi-ikkunaan psy
Etsinnn asetukset
Etsinnn tulokset
Kirjahyllyn hallinta
Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus
Asenna/pivit teos/teoksia
Poista teos/teoksia
Etsii indeksej
Vienti ja tulostus

Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan

Tyypillinen BibleTime-istunto nytt tllaiselta: +Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto

Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 3. Ohjelman toiminto

Sisllys

Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan
BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
Kirjahylly
Suurennuslasi
Typyt
Etsint teoksista
Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa
Etsi-ikkunaan psy
Etsinnn asetukset
Etsinnn tulokset
Kirjahyllyn hallinta
Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus
Asenna/pivit teos/teoksia
Poista teos/teoksia
Etsii indeksej
Vienti ja tulostus

Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan

Tyypillinen BibleTime-istunto nytt tllaiselta:

The BibleTime-sovelluksen ikkuna

You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html deleted file mode 100644 index 52944d5..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -Pikanppinten luettelo

Pikanppinten luettelo
EdellinenLuku 5. Viittaus

Pikanppinten luettelo

This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in this section.

PikanppinKuvaus
- AltLeft - Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepin.
- AltRight - Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpin
- CtrlAltF - - Search → Search in default bible equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the -default bible.
- CtrlAltG - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-tile vertically equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. -
- CtrlAltH - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-tile horizontally equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
- CtrlAltJ - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-cascade -equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.
- CtrlAltM - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Manual mode -equivalent; toggle manual window placement.
- CtrlAltS - - Window → Save as new session equivalent; saves current layout as new session.
- CtrlAltW - - Window → Close all - equivalent; closes all open windows.
- Ctrl- - Loitonna. Tm pienent kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.
- Ctrl+ - Lhenn. Tm suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.
- CtrlA - Valitse kaikki. Tm valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa.
- CtrlC - Kopioi. Tm kopioi valitun tekstin leikepydlle.
- CtrlF - Haku. Tm etsii lukuikkunan tekstist.
- CtrlG - - Window → Tile vertically equivalent. -
- CtrlH - - Window → Tile horizontally equivalent. -
- CtrlJ - - Window → Cascade - windows equivalent. -
- CtrlL - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
- CtrlN - Search with works of this window.
- CtrlO - - Search → Search in open work(s) equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all -currently opened works.
- CtrlQ - - File → Quit - equivalent; closes BibleTime.
- CtrlW - Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan.
- F1 - - Help → Handbook equivalent; opens the handbook.
- F2 - - Help → BibleStudy -Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.
- F4 - - -Settings → Bookshelf -Manager equivalent; opens the Bookshelf -Manager.
- F8 - - View → Show Bookshelf equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.
- F9 - - View → Show mag - equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
EdellinenYls
Works referenceAlkuun
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4718599 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +Shortcuts index
Shortcuts index
EdellinenLuku 5. Viittaus

Shortcuts index

This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section.

ShortcutKuvaus
+ AltLeft + Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa taaksepin.
+ AltRight + Siirtyy lukuikkunan historiassa eteenpin
+ CtrlAltF + + Search → Search in default bible equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.
+ CtrlAltG + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Auto-tile vertically equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. +
+ CtrlAltH + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Auto-tile horizontally equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ CtrlAltJ + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Auto-cascade +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.
+ CtrlAltM + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Manual mode +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.
+ CtrlAltS + + Window → Save as new session equivalent; saves current layout as new session.
+ CtrlAltW + + Window → Close all + equivalent; closes all open windows.
+ Ctrl- + Loitonna. Tm pienent kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.
+ Ctrl+ + Lhenn. Tm suurentaa kirjasimen kokoa lukuikkunoissa.
+ CtrlA + Valitse kaikki. Tm valitsee kaikki tekstit lukuikkunassa.
+ CtrlC + Kopioi. Tm kopioi valitun tekstin leikepydlle.
+ CtrlF + Haku. Tm etsii lukuikkunan tekstist.
+ CtrlG + + Window → Tile vertically equivalent. +
+ CtrlH + + Window → Tile horizontally equivalent. +
+ CtrlJ + + Window → Cascade + windows equivalent. +
+ CtrlL + Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
+ CtrlN + Search with works of this window.
+ CtrlO + + Search → Search in open work(s) equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.
+ CtrlQ + + File → Quit + equivalent; closes BibleTime.
+ CtrlW + Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan.
+ F1 + + Help → Handbook equivalent; opens the handbook.
+ F2 + + Help → BibleStudy +Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.
+ F4 + + +Settings → Bookshelf +Manager equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.
+ F8 + + View → Show Bookshelf equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.
+ F9 + + View → Show mag + equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
EdellinenYls
Works referenceAlkuun
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html deleted file mode 100644 index 7d02854..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -Tykalupalkin viite
Tykalupalkin viite
PrevChapter5.ViittausNext

Tykalupalkin viite

Please review the preceding -section for an explanation of the buttons that you find on the -toolbar. You can also move the cursor over a button and wait a few -seconds to activate the button's tooltip with a short description.

Voit mukauttaa tykalupalkin tarpeitasi vastaavaksi. Kyt seuraavaa kohtaa -pvalikossa: -

- - Settings → Configure toolbars -

Aseta tykalupalkit

Katso tm -osio yksityiskohtaisten ohjeiden saamiseksi.

PrevUpNext
Chapter5.ViittausHomePikanppinten luettelo
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 2e5c70d..9c6256f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Works reference
Works reference
EdellinenLuku 5. ViittausSeuraava

Works reference

+Works reference

Works reference
EdellinenLuku 5. ViittausSeuraava

Works reference

In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open works.

@@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ works.

Select an additional glossary or devotional.

-

EdellinenYlsSeuraava
Luku 5. ViittausAlkuunPikanppinten luettelo
+

EdellinenYlsSeuraava
Luku 5. ViittausAlkuunShortcuts index
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html index 5a15821..fd10310 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Luku 5. Viittaus
Luku 5. Viittaus
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 5. Viittaus

Sisllys

Pvalikon kyttopas
+Luku 5. Viittaus
Luku 5. Viittaus
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 5. Viittaus

Sisllys

Pvalikon kyttopas
File
View @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
Pikanppinten luettelo

Pvalikon kyttopas

In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +

Works reference
Shortcuts index

Pvalikon kyttopas

In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the main menu of BibleTime. They are ordered in just the way they appear in BibleTime, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they -belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of -all hotkeys can be found in this +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this section.

File

@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ details.

< Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

- Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and + Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

Help

diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 5cbb330..387551a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Kynnistyssarja
Kynnistyssarja
EdellinenLuku 2. BibleTimen kynnistysSeuraava

Kynnistyssarja

Kun BibleTime kynnistyy, net seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin BibleTimen +Kynnistyssarja

Kynnistyssarja
EdellinenLuku 2. BibleTimen kynnistysSeuraava

Kynnistyssarja

Kun BibleTime kynnistyy, net seuraavat ikkunat ennenkuin BibleTimen pikkuna avautuu:

Bookshelf Manager

diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html index 3aedddd..6321931 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,12 +1,11 @@ -Luku 2. BibleTimen kynnistys

Luku 2. BibleTimen kynnistys
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 2. BibleTimen kynnistys

Sisllys

Kuinka BibleTime kynnistetn
BibleTimen kynnistys
Muut ikkunamanagerit
Kynnistyksen stminen
Kynnistyssarja

Kuinka BibleTime kynnistetn

BibleTimen kynnistys

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +Luku 2. BibleTimen kynnistys

Luku 2. BibleTimen kynnistys
EdellinenSeuraava

Luku 2. BibleTimen kynnistys

Sisllys

Kuinka BibleTime kynnistetn
BibleTimen kynnistys
Kynnistyksen stminen
Kynnistyssarja

Kuinka BibleTime kynnistetn

BibleTimen kynnistys

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon:

BibleTime kynnistyskuvake

BibleTime-ohjelman voi kynnist terminaali-ikkunan komentorivilt. Kynnistksesi BibleTime-ohjelman, avaa terminaali-ikkuna ja kirjoita: - 

BibleTime

Muut ikkunamanagerit

BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.

Kynnistyksen stminen

Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa -BibleTimen komennolla: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible
-      "<random>"

Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 kyt: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"

Voit kytt kirjannimin tmnhetkist kielivalintaa.

EdellinenSeuraava
Luku 1. JohdantoAlkuunKynnistyssarja
+ 

bibletime

Kynnistyksen stminen

Voit avata (oletus)Raamatun satunnaisen jakeen kohdalta konsolissa +BibleTimen komennolla: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

+ Avataksesi Raamatun annetusta tekstikohdasta kuten Joh 3:16 kyt: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Joh 3:16"

+ Voit kytt kirjannimin tmnhetkist kielivalintaa.

EdellinenSeuraava
Luku 1. JohdantoAlkuunKynnistyssarja
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html index c4c9d46..b981bfd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -BibleTime-ksikirja
BibleTime-ksikirja
Seuraava

BibleTime-ksikirja

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.3

Copyright 1999-2009 BibleTime-tyryhm

BibleTime-ksikirja on osa BibleTime-ohjelmaa.

Tiivistelm

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

Sisllys

1. Johdanto
Tietoja BibleTime:st
Saatavana olevat tehtvt
Motivaatiota
2. BibleTimen kynnistys
Kuinka BibleTime kynnistetn
BibleTimen kynnistys
Muut ikkunamanagerit
Kynnistyksen stminen
Kynnistyssarja
3. Ohjelman toiminto
Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan
BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
Kirjahylly
Suurennuslasi
Typyt
Etsint teoksista
Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa
Etsi-ikkunaan psy
Etsinnn asetukset
Etsinnn tulokset
Kirjahyllyn hallinta
Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus
Asenna/pivit teos/teoksia
Poista teos/teoksia
Etsii indeksej
Vienti ja tulostus
4. BibleTime:n asetukset
Configure BibleTime Dialog
+BibleTime-ksikirja
BibleTime-ksikirja
Seuraava

BibleTime-ksikirja

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.4

Copyright 1999-2009 BibleTime-tyryhm

BibleTime-ksikirja on osa BibleTime-ohjelmaa.

Tiivistelm

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

Sisllys

1. Johdanto
Tietoja BibleTime:st
Saatavana olevat tehtvt
Motivaatiota
2. BibleTimen kynnistys
Kuinka BibleTime kynnistetn
BibleTimen kynnistys
Kynnistyksen stminen
Kynnistyssarja
3. Ohjelman toiminto
Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan
BibleTimen osa sovellusikkuna
Kirjahylly
Suurennuslasi
Typyt
Etsint teoksista
Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa
Etsi-ikkunaan psy
Etsinnn asetukset
Etsinnn tulokset
Kirjahyllyn hallinta
Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus
Asenna/pivit teos/teoksia
Poista teos/teoksia
Etsii indeksej
Vienti ja tulostus
4. BibleTime:n asetukset
Configure BibleTime Dialog
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts
5. Viittaus
Pvalikon kyttopas
File
@@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
Pikanppinten luettelo

Luettelo tauluista

3.1. Search Types
4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet
Seuraava
Luku 1. Johdanto
+
Works reference
Shortcuts index

Luettelo tauluista

3.1. Search Types
4.1. Unicode-kirjasimet
Seuraava
Luku 1. Johdanto
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 7edeb82..c257481 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ found under Settings in the main menu. your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting Settings Configure &bibletime;. + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -22,6 +23,21 @@ your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</para> </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + + Many features provided by the &sword; backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text. + + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> @@ -124,8 +140,8 @@ spectre de caractères.</entry> <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> Crosswire's font directory</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Plusieurs polices sont disponibles sur le serveur ftp de la Crosswire Bible -Society.</entry> + + <entry>Several fonts available from the &cbs; FTP site.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -157,28 +173,25 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> </sect3> </sect2> - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - - Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified. - - + + - <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> - Les Racourcis sont des commandes au clavier qui peuvent être utilisée à la -place des menus et des icônes. Plusieurs commandes &bibletime; onts des -raccourcis prédéfinis (voir this -section pour une liste complète). La plupart des commandes -&bibletime; epuvent être associées ici à des raccourcis. Cela permet -d'accéder rapidement aux fonctionnalités dont on a le plus besoin. + + Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most. + + + + + + In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2. diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index 0f690ea..479f00b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -2,25 +2,25 @@ Introduction About &bibletime; + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">&sword; library, which provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society. +searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product of the &cbs;. &bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats -supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +supported by the &sword; project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the developers -section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society. +section of the &sword; Project, &cbs;. Œuvres disponibles - Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprès -de la Crosswire Bible -Society. Parmi ceux-ci: + Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the &cbs;. These include: Bibles @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Society. Parmi ceux-ci: and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project. +the most advanced section in the library of the &sword; project. diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 2e10377..b84dcad 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. +page on the &cbs; web site. @@ -142,10 +142,11 @@ mode . Just try it out, it's simple and works. Éditer votre propre commentaire - Pour conserver vos commentaires à propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez -au préalable installer une module spécifique de la Crosswire Bible Society, appelé -"Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary"). + + To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the &cbs;. This work is called "Personal +commentary". If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in @@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ will be inserted. of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey Find..., or by using the shortcut &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works. @@ -225,53 +226,74 @@ selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the Setup ranges button. + Basic Search Syntax Introduction - Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will -return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all -the terms separate the terms by AND. - You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' -matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your + + Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. + + + You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'. + To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'. +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples. + Available text types: Search Types - + Prefix Meaning + Example heading: searches headings + heading:Jesus footnote: searches footnotes + footnote:Moses strong: searches Strong's Numbers + strong:G535 morph: searches morphology codes + morph:N-GSM
+ + + You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search. + + &bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html. + Résultats de recherche Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted @@ -333,10 +355,10 @@ works on the CD if it is present. Installer/mettre à jour module With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with Add library and -Delete library. +libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of &sword; modules, or another site offering &sword; +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library. Pour commencer une installation ou une mise à jour, choisissez la bibliothèque à laquelle vous désirez vous connecter et une bibliothèque locale où installer l'module. Cliquez ensuite sur Connecter à la diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index b86b9a0..c4c2754 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ Référence Référence du menu principal - Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions détaillées de toutes les -entrées du menu principal de &bibletime;. Ils sont classé dans l'ordre où -ils apparaissent dans&bibletime;, avec les éléments de sous-menu juste -en-dessous des du menu principal auxquels ils appartiennent. Vous pouvez -aussi voir le raccourci de chaque élément. Vous pouvez aussi consulter la liste complète des raccourcis. + In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +&bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this +section. <guimenu>File</guimenu> @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ details.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your &sword; configuration and manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> </listitem> @@ -793,20 +793,21 @@ works. </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> - <title>Index des raccourcis - This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in this section. + + Shortcuts index + This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section. - + - Raccourci + Shortcut Description diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 8f43228..92b2845 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ Lancer &bibletime; + Comment lancer &bibletime; + Lancer &bibletime; &bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You @@ -14,25 +16,23 @@ can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: &bibletime; start icon + &bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch &bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: - &bibletime; - - - Autres gestionnaires de fenêtres - &bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer. + bibletime + Configuration du démarrage From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the -default bible: - bibletime --open-default-bible - "<random>"To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"You can also use booknames in your current bookname language. +default bible: + bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" + To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16" + You can also use booknames in your current bookname language. + Séquence de démarrage Au démarrage de &bibletime;, vous pouvez voir les écrans suivant avant que diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook index 08ae82d..c6c0956 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ [ BibleTime'> Sword'> + Crosswire Bible Society'> KDE'> Qt'> @@ -47,13 +48,13 @@ Le manuel &bibletime; fait partie de &bibletime;. - 2009-09 - 2.3 + 2009-10 + 2.4 - &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework. + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; framework. - QT4 + Qt4 bibletime sword crosswire diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html index 6970d4e..cbcc41d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Chapitre4.Configurer BibleTime
Chapitre4.Configurer BibleTime
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre4.Configurer BibleTime

Table des matires

Configure BibleTime Dialog
+Chapitre4.Configurer BibleTime
Chapitre4.Configurer BibleTime
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre4.Configurer BibleTime

Table des matires

Configure BibleTime Dialog
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts

In this section you find an overview to configure BibleTime, which can be found under Settings in the main menu.

Configure BibleTime Dialog

The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting @@ -15,7 +15,16 @@ your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting

Choisissez pour le comportement au dmarrage parmi les options suivantes :

  • Afficher le logo de dmarrage

Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.

+on the right pane.

+ Desk +

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text.

Languages

Vous pouvez choisir ici la langue utilise pour afficher les noms de livres. Choisissez votre langue maternelle. Si elle est disponible vous vous @@ -51,8 +60,7 @@ spectre de caract A new free Unicode font initiative. Crosswire's font directory - Plusieurs polices sont disponibles sur le serveur ftp de la Crosswire Bible -Society. + Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society FTP site. Bitstream CyberBit Couvre presque tout le spectre d'Unicode, mais peut ralentir BibleTime @@ -63,19 +71,11 @@ cyrilliques, grec, h Couverture partielle, voir les informations sur le site en lien.


There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet), or the one by Alan Wood ( Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

- Desk -

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.

- HotKeys -

Les Racourcis sont des commandes au clavier qui peuvent tre utilise la -place des menus et des icnes. Plusieurs commandes BibleTime onts des -raccourcis prdfinis (voir this -section pour une liste complte). La plupart des commandes -BibleTime epuvent tre associes ici des raccourcis. Cela permet -d'accder rapidement aux fonctionnalits dont on a le plus besoin.

PrcdentSuivant
Exporter et imprimerSommaireChapitre5.Rfrence
+ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

+ Shortcuts +

Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of BibleTime's commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.

In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.

PrcdentSuivant
Exporter et imprimerSommaireChapitre5.Rfrence
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html index 0926317..497e738 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,18 +1,16 @@ -Chapitre1.Introduction
Chapitre1.Introduction
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre1.Introduction

Table des matires

About BibleTime
Œuvres disponibles
Motivation

About BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +Chapitre1.Introduction

Chapitre1.Introduction
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre1.Introduction

Table des matires

About BibleTime
Œuvres disponibles
Motivation

About BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides +manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats -supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the developers -section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

Œuvres disponibles

Plus de deux cents documents dans cinquante langues sont disponibles auprs -de la Crosswire Bible -Society. Parmi ceux-ci: +section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

Œuvres disponibles

Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the Crosswire Bible Society. These include:

Bibles

The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.

Livres

Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.

Livres

Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"

Commentaires

Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the Personal commentary you can record your own personal notes to diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 19da332..f133cc1 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque

Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque
PrcdentChapitre3.Utilisation du programmeSuivant

Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque

The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your +Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque

Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque
PrcdentChapitre3.Utilisation du programmeSuivant

Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque

The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothques

Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start BibleTime, it will show all works on the CD if it is present.

Installer/mettre jour module

With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with Add library and -Delete library.

Pour commencer une installation ou une mise jour, choisissez la +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library.

Pour commencer une installation ou une mise jour, choisissez la bibliothque laquelle vous dsirez vous connecter et une bibliothque locale o installer l'module. Cliquez ensuite sur Connecter la bibliothque. BibleTime parcourra le contenu de la diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html index f31d205..62f8e18 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Exporter et imprimer

Exporter et imprimer
PrcdentChapitre3.Utilisation du programmeSuivant

Exporter et imprimer

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +Exporter et imprimer

Exporter et imprimer
PrcdentChapitre3.Utilisation du programmeSuivant

Exporter et imprimer

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index e8ec360..45608ec 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.

Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.
PrcdentChapitre3.Utilisation du programmeSuivant

Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.

La bibliothque

La bibliothque donne la liste les modules installes, classes par +Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.

Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.
PrcdentChapitre3.Utilisation du programmeSuivant

Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.

La bibliothque

La bibliothque donne la liste les modules installes, classes par catgories et par langues. La catgorie "Signets" permet de conserver vos signets et d'y accder.

Lire des modules

Pour ouvrir une module, cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris sur la catgorie souhaite. (Bibles, Commentaires, @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. "Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Rechercher dans des modules

You can search in a work by clicking with the +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Rechercher dans des modules

You can search in a work by clicking with the right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at Window → Arrangement -mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

diter votre propre commentaire

Pour conserver vos commentaires propos de passage de la Bible, vous devez -au pralable installer une module spcifique de la Crosswire Bible Society, appel -"Commentaire personnel" ("Personal commentary").

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

diter votre propre commentaire

To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the Crosswire Bible Society. This work is called "Personal +commentary".

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 9abbf09..0cb8b0d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Rechercher dans des modules

Rechercher dans des modules
PrcdentChapitre3.Utilisation du programmeSuivant

Rechercher dans des modules

Searching text in an open read window

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +Rechercher dans des modules

Rechercher dans des modules
PrcdentChapitre3.Utilisation du programmeSuivant

Rechercher dans des modules

Searching text in an open read window

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how +Find..., or by using the shortcut CtrlF. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.

Accder au dialogue de recherche

You can search in a work by clicking with the right mouse button on its symbol in the Bookshelf and selecting Search in @@ -17,16 +17,21 @@ multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to search in.

Limiter l'tendue de la recherche

You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup ranges button.

Basic Search Syntax Introduction

Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will -return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all -the terms separate the terms by AND.

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' -matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +Setup ranges button.

Basic Search Syntax Introduction

Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. +

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.

Available text types: -

Tableau3.1.Search Types

PrefixMeaning
heading:searches headings
footnote:searches footnotes
strong:searches Strong's Numbers
morph:searches morphology codes


BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.

Available text types: +

Tableau3.1.Search Types

PrefixMeaningExample
heading:searches headingsheading:Jesus
footnote:searches footnotesfootnote:Moses
strong:searches Strong's Numbersstrong:G535
morph:searches morphology codesmorph:N-GSM


Astuce

You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search.

BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Rsultats de recherche

Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html.

Rsultats de recherche

Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html index 5d56368..0ab1cfc 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapitre3.Utilisation du programme

Chapitre3.Utilisation du programme
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre3.Utilisation du programme

Table des matires

Vue d'ensemble du programme
Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.
La bibliothque
Le zoom
Le bureau
Rechercher dans des modules
Searching text in an open read window
Accder au dialogue de recherche
Configuration de la recherche
Rsultats de recherche
Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque
Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothques
Installer/mettre jour module
Enlever des modules
Search Indexes
Exporter et imprimer

Vue d'ensemble du programme

This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like: +Chapitre3.Utilisation du programme

Chapitre3.Utilisation du programme
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre3.Utilisation du programme

Table des matires

Vue d'ensemble du programme
Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.
La bibliothque
Le zoom
Le bureau
Rechercher dans des modules
Searching text in an open read window
Accder au dialogue de recherche
Configuration de la recherche
Rsultats de recherche
Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque
Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothques
Installer/mettre jour module
Enlever des modules
Search Indexes
Exporter et imprimer

Vue d'ensemble du programme

This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like:

The BibleTime application window

You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html deleted file mode 100644 index 4bf8a37..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -Index des raccourcis

Index des raccourcis
PrcdentChapitre5.Rfrence

Index des raccourcis

This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in this section.

RaccourciDescription
- AltLeft - Retourne en arrire dans l'historique de la fentre de lecture.
- AltRight - Avance dans l'historique de la fentre de lecture
- CtrlAltF - - Search → Search in default bible equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the -default bible.
- CtrlAltG - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-tile vertically equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. -
- CtrlAltH - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-tile horizontally equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
- CtrlAltJ - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-cascade -equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.
- CtrlAltM - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Manual mode -equivalent; toggle manual window placement.
- CtrlAltS - - Window → Save as new session equivalent; saves current layout as new session.
- CtrlAltW - - Window → Close all - equivalent; closes all open windows.
- Ctrl- - Diminuer la taille des polices des fentres de lecture.
- Ctrl+ - Augmenter la taille des polices des fentres de lecture.
- CtrlA - Tout slectionner. Slectionner tout le texte dans les fentres de lecture.
- CtrlC - Copier. Copie le texte slectionn dans le presse-papiers.
- CtrlF - Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fentre de -lecture.
- CtrlG - - Window → Tile vertically equivalent. -
- CtrlH - - Window → Tile horizontally equivalent. -
- CtrlJ - - Window → Cascade - windows equivalent. -
- CtrlL - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
- CtrlN - Search with works of this window.
- CtrlO - - Search → Search in open work(s) equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all -currently opened works.
- CtrlQ - - File → Quit - equivalent; closes BibleTime.
- CtrlW - Ferme la fentre courante.
- F1 - - Help → Handbook equivalent; opens the handbook.
- F2 - - Help → BibleStudy -Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.
- F4 - - -Settings → Bookshelf -Manager equivalent; opens the Bookshelf -Manager.
- F8 - - View → Show Bookshelf equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.
- F9 - - View → Show mag - equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
PrcdentNiveau suprieur
Works referenceSommaire
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..31fd84e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +Shortcuts index
Shortcuts index
PrcdentChapitre5.Rfrence

Shortcuts index

This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section.

ShortcutDescription
+ AltLeft + Retourne en arrire dans l'historique de la fentre de lecture.
+ AltRight + Avance dans l'historique de la fentre de lecture
+ CtrlAltF + + Search → Search in default bible equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.
+ CtrlAltG + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Auto-tile vertically equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. +
+ CtrlAltH + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Auto-tile horizontally equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ CtrlAltJ + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Auto-cascade +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.
+ CtrlAltM + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Manual mode +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.
+ CtrlAltS + + Window → Save as new session equivalent; saves current layout as new session.
+ CtrlAltW + + Window → Close all + equivalent; closes all open windows.
+ Ctrl- + Diminuer la taille des polices des fentres de lecture.
+ Ctrl+ + Augmenter la taille des polices des fentres de lecture.
+ CtrlA + Tout slectionner. Slectionner tout le texte dans les fentres de lecture.
+ CtrlC + Copier. Copie le texte slectionn dans le presse-papiers.
+ CtrlF + Chercher. Permet d'effectuer une recherche dans le texte d'une fentre de +lecture.
+ CtrlG + + Window → Tile vertically equivalent. +
+ CtrlH + + Window → Tile horizontally equivalent. +
+ CtrlJ + + Window → Cascade + windows equivalent. +
+ CtrlL + Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
+ CtrlN + Search with works of this window.
+ CtrlO + + Search → Search in open work(s) equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.
+ CtrlQ + + File → Quit + equivalent; closes BibleTime.
+ CtrlW + Ferme la fentre courante.
+ F1 + + Help → Handbook equivalent; opens the handbook.
+ F2 + + Help → BibleStudy +Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.
+ F4 + + +Settings → Bookshelf +Manager equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.
+ F8 + + View → Show Bookshelf equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.
+ F9 + + View → Show mag + equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
PrcdentNiveau suprieur
Works referenceSommaire
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html deleted file mode 100644 index 8188122..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -Rfrence de la barre d'outils
Rfrence de la barre d'outils
PrevChapter5.RfrenceNext

Rfrence de la barre d'outils

Consultez la rfrence des menus -pour une explication des boutons de la barre d'outils. Vous pouvez aussi -placer le pointeur sur un bouton et attendre quelques -seconde pour afficher une courte description du bouton.

Vous pouvez adapter la barre d'outils vos besoins, par le choix suivant -dans le menu principal: -

- - Settings → Configure toolbars -

Configurer les barres d'outils

Please see this -section for detailed instructions.

PrevUpNext
Chapter5.RfrenceHomeIndex des raccourcis
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index d0002a8..ee879dd 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Works reference
Works reference
PrcdentChapitre5.RfrenceSuivant

Works reference

+Works reference

Works reference
PrcdentChapitre5.RfrenceSuivant

Works reference

In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open works.

@@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ works.

Select an additional glossary or devotional.

-

PrcdentNiveau suprieurSuivant
Chapitre5.RfrenceSommaireIndex des raccourcis
+

PrcdentNiveau suprieurSuivant
Chapitre5.RfrenceSommaireShortcuts index
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html index 38ed0fa..a3662f7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chapitre5.Rfrence
Chapitre5.Rfrence
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre5.Rfrence

Table des matires

Rfrence du menu principal
+Chapitre5.Rfrence
Chapitre5.Rfrence
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre5.Rfrence

Table des matires

Rfrence du menu principal
File
View @@ -10,11 +10,12 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
Index des raccourcis

Rfrence du menu principal

Dans cette section vous trouverez des descriptions dtailles de toutes les -entres du menu principal de BibleTime. Ils sont class dans l'ordre o -ils apparaissent dansBibleTime, avec les lments de sous-menu juste -en-dessous des du menu principal auxquels ils appartiennent. Vous pouvez -aussi voir le raccourci de chaque lment. Vous pouvez aussi consulter la liste complte des raccourcis.

+

Works reference
Shortcuts index

Rfrence du menu principal

In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of BibleTime. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +BibleTime, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this +section.

File

@@ -121,7 +122,7 @@ details.

< Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

- Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and + Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

Help

diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 090591d..c1a5c11 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Squence de dmarrage
Squence de dmarrage
PrcdentChapitre2.Lancer BibleTimeSuivant

Squence de dmarrage

Au dmarrage de BibleTime, vous pouvez voir les crans suivant avant que +Squence de dmarrage

Squence de dmarrage
PrcdentChapitre2.Lancer BibleTimeSuivant

Squence de dmarrage

Au dmarrage de BibleTime, vous pouvez voir les crans suivant avant que la fentre principale de BibleTime ne s'ouvre:

Bookshelf Manager

diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html index eabca86..c1ef9bf 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -Chapitre2.Lancer BibleTime

Chapitre2.Lancer BibleTime
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre2.Lancer BibleTime

Table des matires

Comment lancer BibleTime
Lancer BibleTime
Autres gestionnaires de fentres
Configuration du dmarrage
Squence de dmarrage

Comment lancer BibleTime

Lancer BibleTime

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +Chapitre2.Lancer BibleTime

Chapitre2.Lancer BibleTime
PrcdentSuivant

Chapitre2.Lancer BibleTime

Table des matires

Comment lancer BibleTime
Lancer BibleTime
Configuration du dmarrage
Squence de dmarrage

Comment lancer BibleTime

Lancer BibleTime

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon:

BibleTime start icon

BibleTime can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch BibleTime, open a terminal window and type: - 

BibleTime

Autres gestionnaires de fentres

BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.

Configuration du dmarrage

From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the -default bible: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible
-      "<random>"

To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.

PrcdentSuivant
Chapitre1.IntroductionSommaireSquence de dmarrage
+ 

bibletime

Configuration du dmarrage

From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the +default bible: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

+ To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

+ You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.

PrcdentSuivant
Chapitre1.IntroductionSommaireSquence de dmarrage
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html index a7c76f0..e66053e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Le manuel de BibleTime
Le manuel de BibleTime
Suivant

Le manuel de BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.3

Copyright 1999-2009 l'quipe BibleTime

Le manuel BibleTime fait partie de BibleTime.

Rsum

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

Table des matires

1. Introduction
About BibleTime
Œuvres disponibles
Motivation
2. Lancer BibleTime
Comment lancer BibleTime
Lancer BibleTime
Autres gestionnaires de fentres
Configuration du dmarrage
Squence de dmarrage
3. Utilisation du programme
Vue d'ensemble du programme
Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.
La bibliothque
Le zoom
Le bureau
Rechercher dans des modules
Searching text in an open read window
Accder au dialogue de recherche
Configuration de la recherche
Rsultats de recherche
Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque
Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothques
Installer/mettre jour module
Enlever des modules
Search Indexes
Exporter et imprimer
4. Configurer BibleTime
Configure BibleTime Dialog
+Le manuel de BibleTime
Le manuel de BibleTime
Suivant

Le manuel de BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.4

Copyright 1999-2009 l'quipe BibleTime

Le manuel BibleTime fait partie de BibleTime.

Rsum

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

Table des matires

1. Introduction
About BibleTime
Œuvres disponibles
Motivation
2. Lancer BibleTime
Comment lancer BibleTime
Lancer BibleTime
Configuration du dmarrage
Squence de dmarrage
3. Utilisation du programme
Vue d'ensemble du programme
Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.
La bibliothque
Le zoom
Le bureau
Rechercher dans des modules
Searching text in an open read window
Accder au dialogue de recherche
Configuration de la recherche
Rsultats de recherche
Le Gestionnaire de Bibliothque
Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothques
Installer/mettre jour module
Enlever des modules
Search Indexes
Exporter et imprimer
4. Configurer BibleTime
Configure BibleTime Dialog
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts
5. Rfrence
Rfrence du menu principal
File
@@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
Index des raccourcis

Liste des tableaux

3.1. Search Types
4.1. Polices Unicode
Suivant
Chapitre1.Introduction
+
Works reference
Shortcuts index

Liste des tableaux

3.1. Search Types
4.1. Polices Unicode
Suivant
Chapitre1.Introduction
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 21c01e5..1cee5ab 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ módosítható. A beállítási párbeszédablakot elérheti a Beállítások &bibletime; beállítása menüpont kiválasztásával. + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -22,6 +23,21 @@ beállítása</guimenuitem> menüpont kiválasztásával.</para> stb.). Többféle beépített sablon áll rendelkezésre. Amennyiben kiválaszt egyet, láthatja az előnézeti képét a jobb oldalon.</para> </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + + Sok lehetőséget, melyet a &sword; keretprogram biztosít, testre lehet szabni +a &bibletime; futtatása közben. Ezek a lehetőségek jelezve vannak a +párbeszédablakban. Lehetőség van továbbá az alapértelmezett dokumentumok +meghatározására, melyeket akkor használunk, ha nem egy konkrét dokumentum +van meghatározva egy hivatkozásban. Például: ha a Károli fordítású Biblia +van megadva alapértelmezett Bibliának, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott +vers a "Nagyító" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozás fölé viszi +például egy King James fordítású Bibliában. + + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> @@ -82,8 +98,8 @@ Cyberbit</trademark>(kb. 12MB).</para> <para>Az ön disztribúciójának nyelvi fájljai.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para>An existing <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark> -installation on the same computer.</para> + <para>Meglévő <trademark class="registered">Microsoft Windows</trademark>telepítés +ugyanazon a számítógépen.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Betűkészlet-gyűjtemény, például Adobe vagy Bitstream.</para> @@ -129,7 +145,8 @@ tartalmaz.</entry> <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> Crosswire's font directory</ulink> </entry> - <entry>További betűkészletek elérhetőek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldaláról.</entry> + + <entry>További betűkészletek elérhetőek a &cbs; ftp oldaláról.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -162,28 +179,25 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode karakter összetevők és az Unicode készletek, amelyek tartalmazzák</ulink>).</para> </sect3> </sect2> - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - - Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified. - - + + - <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> - A gyorsbillentyűk speciális billentyűparancsok, melyeket a különböző -menüelemeknél és ikonoknál alkalmazhatunk. Számos &bibletime; parancshoz -tartozik gyorsbillentyű ( itt -található a teljes lista). A legtöbb &bibletime; parancs rendelkezik -gyorsbillentyűvel, ami nagyon hasznos a legtöbbet használt funkciók -eléréséhez. + + Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most. + + + + + + Az előző példában látható, hogy az F2, a "hogyan tanulmányozza a +Bibliát"-hoz tartozik egy második billentyűkombináció, a CTRL+2. diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index b968f05..b7f098e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -2,25 +2,24 @@ Bevezetés Mi a &bibletime; + A &bibletime; egy könnyen telepíthető és kezelhető Biblia tanulmányozó -eszköz, különféle szövegtípussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg dokumentummal, -modullal. Ez a program a Sword keretrendszerre épül, -mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A Sword a -Crosswire Biblia Társaság -zászlóshajója. +eszköz, különféle szövegtípussal, nyelvvel, továbbá rengeteg telepíthető +dokumentummal, modullal. Ez a program a &sword; keretrendszerre épül, +mely lehetővé teszi a szövegek megjelenítését, keresését stb. A &sword; a +&cbs; zászlóshajója. - A &bibletime; arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt által értelmezhető + A &bibletime; arra lett tervezve, hogy a &sword; projekt által értelmezhető formátumú dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskörű információt a támogatott -formátumokról a Sword projekt fejlesztői szekciójában találhat. Elérhető dokumentumok Több, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven érhető el a Crosswire Biblia Társaság -honlapján. Itt találhat: +url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs; honlapján. Itt találhat: Bibliákat @@ -29,7 +28,7 @@ honlapján. Itt találhat: fejlécek, lábjegyzetek a szövegekben. A Bibliák különféle nyelveken elérhetők, és nemcsak a modern verziókat találhatja meg, hanem fellelhetőek a régies szövegváltozatok, mint a Westminster Leningrád Kódex ("WLC", héber) -és a Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a Sword +és a Septuaginta ("LXX", görög). Ez a legfejlettebb része a &sword; projektnek. diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 1cb5aaf..febe234 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -11,14 +11,13 @@ A &bibletime; alkalmazás ablak - You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left -window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the -Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below -the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in -documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, -then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar -gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right -side is where you do your real work. + Könnyen felismerheti az alkalmazás különböző részeit. A Könyvespolc a bal +oldalon a dokumentumok és a könyvjelzők kezelésére használható. A kisebb +"Nagyító" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba ágyazott extra információt +mutatja. Amikor azt egérmutatót egy lábjegyzet jelzés fölé viszi, a +"Nagyító" megmutatja az aktuális lábjegyzet tartalmát. Az eszköztár gyors +elérést biztosít a különböző funkciókhoz, míg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a +megnyitott dokumentum helye. Most tekintsük át a részeket egyesével. @@ -42,37 +41,36 @@ látható. A Fogd & Vidd működése - If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the -passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse button on the verse/passage reference -(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work -you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified -location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location. + Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, és meg szeretne nyitni egy másik munkát +ugyanannál a résznél, ahol éppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson +a bal egérgombbal a versre, hivatkozásra (a +mutató kéz alakúra vált) és húzza a könyvespolcra. Vigye a kívánt +dokumentumra, az a kívánt helyen fog megnyílni. Ugyanígy húzhat egy +hivatkozást a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, és az a kívánt hivatkozásra fog +ugrani. Kiegészítő információk egy adott dokumentumról - If you click with the right mouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work" opens -a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. + Amikor jobb egérgombbal rákattint egy dokumentum +szimbólumára, egy helyi menüt láthat olyan bejegyzésekkel, ami az adott +munkára érvényes. Az "Általános információk" egy +új ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkozó információkkal. A +"Feloldás" egy kis párbeszédablakot nyit meg, +ahol megadhatja a zárolt dokumentumok feloldó kulcsát. A zárolt +dokumentumokról kiegészítő információt olvashat ezen az +oldalon, a &cbs; honlapján. Keresés a dokumentumokban - You can search in a work by clicking with the -right mouse button on its symbol and selecting -"Search in work(s)". By pressing &Shift; and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found here. + Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a jobb egérgombbal +kattint a dokumentum ikonjára, és kiválasztja a "Keresés +itt:" menüpontot. A &Shift; segítségével másik ikonokra +kattintva hozzáadhat még dokumentumokat a kereséshez, ekkor az összes +kiválasztott munkában fog keresni. A keresés teljes leírását itt találhatja. @@ -83,20 +81,22 @@ can be found here. A Fogd & Vidd működése - Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark -category of the bookshelf and select "Create new -folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal -drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or -search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders. - You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark -folder as described above, and select "Export -bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way. - - You can also click with the right on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions. + Kattintson a jobb egérgombbal a könyvjelzők +kategóriára, majd válassza az "Új mappa +létrehozása" menüelemet egy új könyvjelző mappa +létrehozásához. Használhatja egyszerűen a Fogd & vidd technikát is, hogy +verset húzzon a munkaasztalról, vagy a keresési eredményeket áthúzza a +könyvjelzőkhöz, illetve, hogy újrarendezze a meglévő könyvjelzőit. + Lehetősége van könyvjelzők importálására és exportálására is. Ennek +érdekében nyissa meg a helyi menüt a könyvjelző mappában, +ahogyan az az előzőekben le lett írva, majd válassza a +"Könyvjelzők exportálása" menüpontot. Ekkor +előjön egy párbeszédablak, mely segítségével mentheti a könyvjelzőit. Az +importálás hasonlóképpen történik. + + A jobb egérgombbal kattintás természetesen +alkalmazható a mappák és a könyvjelzők neveinek és leírásainak +megváltoztatására is. @@ -129,30 +129,30 @@ munkában. Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezése - Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several -possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see -that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely -yourself, or have &bibletime; handle the placement automatically. To achieve -this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at - Window Arrangement -mode . Just try it out, it's simple and works. + Természetesen egyszerre több dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, +ahol több lehetősége van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantást az +Ablak menüre a főmenüben. Látható, hogy az ablakok +elhelyezkedését ön kézzel is és a &bibletime; automatikusan is +szabályozhatja. Ez utóbbi eléréséhez válassza az Ablak +menü Ablakok automatikus elrendezése + menüpontot. Csak próbálja ki, egyszerű, és működik. Saját kommentár szerkesztése + Ahhoz, hogy a saját kommentárját a Biblia részeként tárolja, szükséges -telepíteni a Crosswire Biblia -Társaság egyik modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt". - - If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in -read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to -write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -right mouse button and then select Edit -this work and then either Plain -text(source code editor) or -HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor). +telepíteni a &cbs; egyik +modulját, a "Személyes kommentárt" ezt az angol nyelvű dokumentumoknál +találja Personal Commentary néven. + + Amikor megnyitja a saját kommentárját az ikonjára +kattintva a könyvespolcon, olvasási üzemmódban +nyílik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha +jobb egérgombbal kattint, és kiválasztja a +Dokumentum szerkesztése pontot és az +Egyszerű szöveg (forráskód szerkesztő) vagy +HTML(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő) lehetőséget. Ha a Dokumentum szerkesztése @@ -171,24 +171,24 @@ dokumentumra, és a vers szövege beszúrásra kerül. Keresés egy megnyitott ablakban - You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter -of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other -programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -right mouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works. + Kereshet kifejezést vagy szót a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, például az éppen +olvasott fejezetben, úgy, ahogy bármely más programban is. Csak kattintson a +jobb egérgombbal, és válassza a +Keresés... opciót, vagy használhatja a &Ctrl; F billentyű +kombinációt. Olvasson tovább, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes +dokumentumokban is. Keresési párbeszédablak elérése - You can search in a work by clicking with the -right mouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelf and selecting Search in -work(s). By holding &Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other -work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to -open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time. + Keresést kezdeményezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy +jobbegérgombbal rákattint az ikonjára a +Könyvespolcon, és kiválasztja a Keresés a +dokumentum(ok)ban lehetőséget. A &Shift; vagy a &Ctrl; nyomva +tartásával egyszerre több dokumentumot is hozzáadhat a kereséshez, hasonló +módon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az összes kiválasztott +munkában fog keresni egyszerre. Szintén elérhető a keresési funkció a főmenü Keresés almenüjéből, ahol kiválaszthatja a @@ -221,81 +221,91 @@ lehetőségekből kiválaszthatja a keresésbe bevonandó munkákat. Keresési hatókörök használata - You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by -selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search -scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup ranges button. + Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben választ +egyet a Hatósugár által felajánlott listából. Ön is +meghatározhat hatókört a Telepítés gombra +kattintva.Szűkítheti a keresés hatókörét a Biblia egyes részeire, amennyiben +választ egyet a Hatósugár által felajánlott listából. Ön +is meghatározhat hatókört a Telepítés gombra +kattintva. + Az alapvető keresési kifejezések bemutatása - Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel -elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek -felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY -kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kíváncsi csak, melyben az összes -megadott kifejezés szerepel, használja az AND (angolul ÉS) utasítást a -kifejezések között.Gépelje be a keresett kifejezéseket szóközökkel -elválasztva. Alapértelmezetten a keresés eredményeként azok lesznek -felsorolva, amelyekben bármelyik kifejezés előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY -kifejezés). Ha azokra a találatokra kíváncsi csak, melyben az összes -megadott kifejezés szerepel, használja az AND (angolul ÉS) utasítást a -kifejezések között. - Használhat helyettesítő karaktereket is: a '*' bármennyi betűt helyettesít, -míg a '?' csak egyet. Zárójelek használatával csoportosíthatja (mint -matematikában) a keresési kifejezéseket, például: '(Jézus OR lélek) ÉS -Isten'.Használhat helyettesítő karaktereket is: a '*' bármennyi betűt -helyettesít, míg a '?' csak egyet. Zárójelek használatával csoportosíthatja -(mint matematikában) a keresési kifejezéseket, például: '(Jézus OR lélek) ÉS -Isten'. - Ha a fő szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása -után ':', és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's -szám előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. Ha a fő -szövegtől eltérő szövegrészt keres, akkor a szövegtípus megadása után ':', -és jöhet a keresési kifejezés. Például, ha a H8077-es Strong's szám -előfordulását keresi, így kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. + + Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. + + + You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'. + + To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples. + Lehetséges szövegtípusok: Keresési típusok - + Előtag Jelentés + Example heading: (fejléc) A fejlécekben keres + heading:Jesus footnote: (lábjegyzet) a lábjegyzetekben keres + footnote:Moses strong: a Strong's számok előfordulásait keresi + strong:G535 morph: (alak) alaktani kódokra keres + morph:N-GSM
- A &bibletime; a Lucene keresőmotorját alkalmazza, mely további fejlettebb -keresési lehetőséget ajánl. Többet megtudhat erről a + You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search. + + + &bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html webcímen. +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html. + Keresési találatok - Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse -button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a -certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the -references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below. + Bemutatunk néhány példát a keresésre, munkánként +csoportosítva. Jobb egérgombbal a munkára +kattintva lehetősége nyílik menteni, másolni vagy kinyomtatni az összes +verset, amelyet talált a munkában akár egyszerre is. Ugyanígy működik az is, +ha csak egy, vagy több hivatkozást jelöl ki mentésre, másolásra, vagy +nyomtatásra. Egy hivatkozásra kattintva az előnézeti ablakban láthatóvá +válik a vers a szövegkörnyezetében. Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozást, és ejtse a Könyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjára, és a dokumentum megnyílik a hivatkozott versnél.Ragadjon meg egy @@ -314,10 +324,10 @@ könyvjelzők készítéséhez. Keresési találatok elemzése - Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis -display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the -search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis. + Kattintson a Találatok elemzése gombra, hogy +megnyissa a találatokat elemző ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzést +láthat a találatokról, találatok száma szerint a Biblia könyvei szerint. Ezt +az elemzést is el tudja menteni. Találatok elemzése ablak @@ -357,10 +367,11 @@ dokumentum látható lesz, ha a CD a gépben van. Dokumentum(ok) telepítése/frissítése Evvel a lehetőséggel élve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum tárolóhelyhez ("könyvtárhoz"), és letölthet egy, vagy akár több munkát a saját helyi -könyvespolcára. Ezek a könyvtárak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. Sword CD), vagy -távoliak is, mint a Crosswire online tárolóhelye. Egyszerűen kezelheti -ezeket a lelőhelyeket a Hozzáadás és a -Törlés gomb segítségével. +könyvespolcára. Ezek a könyvtárak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. &sword; CD), vagy +távoliak is (pl. a Crosswire online &sword; tárolóhelye, vagy más oldalak, +ahol &sword; modulok találhatók). Egyszerűen kezelheti ezeket a lelőhelyeket +a Hozzáadás és a Törlés gomb +segítségével. A telepítési vagy frissítési folyamat elkezdéséhez válassza ki a forrást, melyhez csatlakozni kíván, és a helyi könyvespolcot, ahova telepíteni szeretne. Ezek után kattintson a Frissítés... @@ -400,15 +411,13 @@ indexeit. Exportálás és Nyomtatás - In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -right mouse button. Depending on context, it will -allow you to Select, -Copy (to clipboard), -Save or Print -text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the -normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you -click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out. + Több helyen van lehetősége helyi menüt nyitni a +jobb egérgombbal. Helyzettől függően lehetősége +van Kijelölni, Másolni +(a vágólapra), Menteni vagy +Nyomtatni. Ilyen menü nyílik meg például az +olvasási ablakban, vagy a keresési ablakban, mikor egy találatra +kattint. Tényleg ilyen egyszerű, csak próbálja ki. A &bibletime; nyomtatási képességei csak a legalapvetőbbek, és csak segédeszköz jellegűek. Amennyiben ön szöveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentációt diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index ad98248..826d4d6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -6,11 +6,6 @@ bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját ebben a részben találja.Ebben a -részben részletes leírást találhat a &bibletime; fő menüjének összes -bejegyzéséről, elérésük szerint csoportosítva, az összes -albejegyzéseikkel. Szintén ismertetjük a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzájuk -tartoznak. Az elérhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listáját ebben a részben találja. @@ -118,9 +113,9 @@ kapcsolhatja ki/be a Könyvespolc megjelenítését.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to -turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need -more space for the Mag.</para> + <action>Könyvespolc megjelenítése.</action> Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a +Könyvespolc megjelenítését, ez kényelmes lehet, ha több helyre van szüksége +a Nagyítóhoz.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -164,9 +159,9 @@ megjelenítését.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only</action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed -search description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> + <action>Keresés megnyitása az alapértelmezett Bibliában</action>. További +bibliák adhatók hozzá a párbeszédablakban. További részletes leírást talál +<link linkend="hdbk-op-search">itt</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> @@ -187,9 +182,10 @@ search description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</par </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works -can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search -description can be found <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">here</link>.</para> + <action>Az összes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot nyit +meg</action>. További munkák vehetők el, illetve adhatók a kereséshez a +párbeszédablakban.ovábbi részletes leírást talál <link +linkend="hdbk-op-search">itt</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -437,11 +433,8 @@ linkend="hdbk-config-bt">beállítások részt</link> a részletekért.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és + <action>Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a &sword; beállításait, és kezelheti a könyvespolcát</action>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <link -linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">ezt a fejezetet</link>.<action>Nyit egy -ablakot, ahol megváltoztathatja a Sword beállításait, és kezelheti a -könyvespolcát</action>. Bővebb információért tekintse meg <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">ezt a fejezetet</link>.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> @@ -538,10 +531,9 @@ a felhasználási feltételekről.</para> </sect1> <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-works"> - <title>Works reference + Hivatkozások - In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open -works. + Ebben a részben a megynyitott munkák ikonjairól talál leírást. @@ -561,7 +553,7 @@ works. - Scrolls forward through history. + Előre görget az előzményekben. @@ -584,7 +576,7 @@ works. - Scrolls back through history. + Visszafelé görget az előzményekben. @@ -607,7 +599,7 @@ works. - Select an installed bible. + Telepített bibliát választ. @@ -630,7 +622,7 @@ works. - Select an additional bible. + Újabb Bibliát választ. @@ -653,7 +645,7 @@ works. - Search in selected works. + Keresés a kiválasztott dokumentumokban @@ -676,7 +668,7 @@ works. - Display configuration. + Testreszabás. @@ -699,7 +691,7 @@ works. - Select an installed commentary. + Telepített kommentárt választ. @@ -722,7 +714,7 @@ works. - Select additional commentary. + További kommentár kiválasztása. @@ -745,7 +737,7 @@ works. - Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + A mutatott bejegyzést szinkronizálja az aktív Biblia ablakkal. @@ -768,7 +760,7 @@ works. - Select a book. + Dokumentumok kiválasztása @@ -791,7 +783,7 @@ works. - Select an installed glossary or devotional. + Egy telepített magyarázatot vagy áhitatot választ. @@ -814,7 +806,7 @@ works. - Select an additional glossary or devotional. + Egy kiegészítő magyarázatot vagy áhitatot választ. @@ -823,29 +815,20 @@ works. - - Gyorsbillentyűk - Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás + + Billentyűkombinációk + Ez az összes billentyűkombináció leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás (többnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelő. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, melyik kombináció tartozik egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a &bibletime; menüiben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti ebben a részben. Ne feledje, hogy a -funkcióbillentűk kivételével (F1-F9) a billentyűk mellé a CTRL billentyű -lenyomása (olykor az ALT is) szükséges.Ez az összes gyorsbillentyű -leírásukkal együttes listája. A felsorolás (többnyire) ABC sorrendnek -megfelelő. Ha közvetlenül szeretné megtudni, melyik kombináció tartozik -egyes menükhöz, tekintse meg közvetlenül a &bibletime; menüiben, (ahol -jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti ebben a részben. Ne feledje, hogy a -funkcióbillentűk kivételével (F1-F9) a billentyűk mellé a CTRL billentyű -lenyomása (olykor az ALT is) szükséges. +linkend="hdbk-reference-menus">ebben a részben. - + - Gyorsbillentyű + Billentyűkombináció Leírás @@ -1030,7 +1013,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">Ablak &Ctrl;L - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work. + Hely cseréje. A fókuszt a választott munka eszköztárára állítja. @@ -1038,7 +1021,7 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall">Ablak &Ctrl;N - Search with works of this window. + Keresés az ablak dokumentumaiban. diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 40f0e46..429d5f5 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ &bibletime; indítása + Hogyan indítsuk a &bibletime; programot + &bibletime; indítása A &bibletime; egy végrehajtható fájl, amit a Start menüből indíthat, evvel @@ -14,23 +16,22 @@ az ikonnal: &bibletime; indítóikon + A &bibletime; természetesen indítható parancssorból is. Indításhoz írja be egy terminál ablakba ezt: - &bibletime; - - - Más ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren) - A &bibletime; természetesen használható más ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, -BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szükséges összetevőket telepíti -hozzá. (A legtöbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.) + bibletime + Egyéni indítások - Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a &bibletime;: - bibletime --open-default-bible "random"Egy meghatározott verssel induláshoz, mint például a János 3:16 így: - bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"Használhatja a könyvek neveit saját nyelvén is. + Terminálból véletlenszerű verssel így indítható a &bibletime;: + bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" + Egy meghatározott verssel induláshoz, mint például a János 3:16 így: + bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16" + Használhatja a könyvek neveit saját nyelvén is. + Indítási folyamat Mikor a &bibletime; indul, a következő képet láthatja a fő &bibletime; ablak diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook index 0704f23..e2b7712 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ [ BibleTime'> Sword'> + Crosswire Bible Society'> KDE'> Qt'> @@ -47,14 +48,14 @@ A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; része - 2009-09 - 2.3 + 2009-10 + 2.4 - &bibletime; egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó + &bibletime; egy, a &sword; keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó szoftver. - QT4 + Qt4 bibletime sword crosswire diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html index dd84000..80d77e3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -4. fejezet - BibleTime belltsa
4. fejezet - BibleTime belltsa
ElőzőKvetkező

4. fejezet - BibleTime belltsa

Tartalom

A BibleTime Belltsa prbeszdablak
+4. fejezet - BibleTime belltsa
4. fejezet - BibleTime belltsa
ElőzőKvetkező

4. fejezet - BibleTime belltsa

Tartalom

A BibleTime Belltsa prbeszdablak
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts

Ebben a rszben ttekintjk a bibletime; belltst, amit a főmen Belltsok menjben tall.

A BibleTime Belltsa prbeszdablak

A BibleTime felhasznli fellete szksg szerint tbbflekppen is mdosthat. A belltsi prbeszdablakot elrheti a Belltsok BibleTime @@ -14,7 +14,16 @@ be

A kezdeti megjelens is bellthat, vlaszthat az albbi lehetősgek kzl:

  • Indtsi log mutatsa

A sablonok hatrozzk meg a szvegek megjelentst (sznek, mretek stb.). Tbbfle beptett sablon ll rendelkezsre. Amennyiben kivlaszt -egyet, lthatja az előnzeti kpt a jobb oldalon.

+egyet, lthatja az előnzeti kpt a jobb oldalon.

+ Desk +

Sok lehetősget, melyet a Sword keretprogram biztost, testre lehet szabni +a BibleTime futtatsa kzben. Ezek a lehetősgek jelezve vannak a +prbeszdablakban. Lehetősg van tovbb az alaprtelmezett dokumentumok +meghatrozsra, melyeket akkor hasznlunk, ha nem egy konkrt dokumentum +van meghatrozva egy hivatkozsban. Pldul: ha a Kroli fordts Biblia +van megadva alaprtelmezett Biblinak, ebből fog megjelenni a hivatkozott +vers a "Nagyt" ablakban, ha ez egeret egy kereszthivatkozs fl viszi +pldul egy King James fordts Bibliban.

Languages

Itt llthatja be a Biblia knyvcmeinek a nyelvt. Vlassza a sajt nyelvt, ha lehetsges, s otthonosabban fogja rezni magt.

Alaprtelmezetten a BibleTime az alaprtelmezett rendszer szerinti @@ -36,8 +45,8 @@ hat HOWTO weboldalt.

Tipp

Ha egy egyszerűbb, kisebb betűkszletet hasznl, mint a Clearlyu (kb. 22kb), a BibleTime gyorsabban fut, mint egy nagyobb, sszetettebb betűkszletnl, mint a Bitstream -Cyberbit(kb. 12MB).

Elrhető betűkszletek

A betűkszletek klnfle forrsokbl rhetőek el:

  • Az n *nix disztribcija.

  • Az n disztribcijnak nyelvi fjljai.

  • An existing Microsoft Windows -installation on the same computer.

  • Betűkszlet-gyűjtemny, pldul Adobe vagy Bitstream.

  • Online betűkszlet-gyűjtemnyek.

Az UNICODE betűkszletek tbbfle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyb +Cyberbit(kb. 12MB).

Elrhető betűkszletek

A betűkszletek klnfle forrsokbl rhetőek el:

  • Az n *nix disztribcija.

  • Az n disztribcijnak nyelvi fjljai.

  • Meglvő Microsoft Windowstelepts +ugyanazon a szmtgpen.

  • Betűkszlet-gyűjtemny, pldul Adobe vagy Bitstream.

  • Online betűkszlet-gyűjtemnyek.

Az UNICODE betűkszletek tbbfle karaktert tartalmaznak, mint az egyb kszletek, s nhny ilyen betűkszlet ingyenesen is elrhető. Egy betűkszlet sem tartalmazza az sszes karaktert, amit az UNICODE szabvny meghatroz, ezrt lehetsges, hogy nyelvenknt klnbző betűkszleteket @@ -55,7 +64,7 @@ tartalmaz. Egy j ingyenes UNICODE kszlet kezdemnyezs. Crosswire's font directory - Tovbbi betűkszletek elrhetőek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldalrl. + Tovbbi betűkszletek elrhetőek a Crosswire Bible Society ftp oldalrl. Bitstream CyberBit Tartalmazzk a teljes UNICODE karaktereket, de lelasstjk a BibleTime @@ -66,19 +75,11 @@ h Rszletes tartalmakrt tekintse meg az informcikat a hivatkozott honlapon.


J UNICODE betűkszlet listkat tallhat a neten, pldul egyet Christoph Singer sszelltsban ( Tbbnyelvű Unicode TrueType betűkszletek az Interneten), vagy egy msik Alan Woodtl ( Unicode karakter -sszetevők s az Unicode kszletek, amelyek tartalmazzk).

- Desk -

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.

- HotKeys -

A gyorsbillentyűk specilis billentyűparancsok, melyeket a klnbző -menelemeknl s ikonoknl alkalmazhatunk. Szmos BibleTime parancshoz -tartozik gyorsbillentyű ( itt -tallhat a teljes lista). A legtbb BibleTime parancs rendelkezik -gyorsbillentyűvel, ami nagyon hasznos a legtbbet hasznlt funkcik -elrshez.

ElőzőKvetkező
Exportls s NyomtatsTartalom5. fejezet - Tjkoztats
+sszetevők s az Unicode kszletek, amelyek tartalmazzk).

+ Shortcuts +

Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of BibleTime's commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.

Az előző pldban lthat, hogy az F2, a "hogyan tanulmnyozza a +Biblit"-hoz tartozik egy msodik billentyűkombinci, a CTRL+2.

ElőzőKvetkező
Exportls s NyomtatsTartalom5. fejezet - Tjkoztats
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html index 38b41e3..2bf19fb 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,18 +1,16 @@ -1. fejezet - Bevezets
1. fejezet - Bevezets
ElőzőKvetkező

1. fejezet - Bevezets

Tartalom

Mi a BibleTime
Elrhető dokumentumok
Motivcink

Mi a BibleTime

A BibleTime egy knnyen telepthető s kezelhető Biblia tanulmnyoz -eszkz, klnfle szvegtpussal, nyelvvel, tovbb rengeteg dokumentummal, -modullal. Ez a program a Sword keretrendszerre pl, -mely lehetőv teszi a szvegek megjelentst, keresst stb. A Sword a -Crosswire Biblia Trsasg -zszlshajja.

A BibleTime arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt ltal rtelmezhető +1. fejezet - Bevezets

1. fejezet - Bevezets
ElőzőKvetkező

1. fejezet - Bevezets

Tartalom

Mi a BibleTime
Elrhető dokumentumok
Motivcink

Mi a BibleTime

A BibleTime egy knnyen telepthető s kezelhető Biblia tanulmnyoz +eszkz, klnfle szvegtpussal, nyelvvel, tovbb rengeteg telepthető +dokumentummal, modullal. Ez a program a Sword keretrendszerre pl, +mely lehetőv teszi a szvegek megjelentst, keresst stb. A Sword a +Crosswire Bible Society zszlshajja.

A BibleTime arra lett tervezve, hogy a Sword projekt ltal rtelmezhető formtum dokumentumokat alkalmazza. Teljeskrű informcit a tmogatott -formtumokrl a Sword projekt fejlesztői -szekcijban tallhat.

Elrhető dokumentumok

Tbb, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven rhető el a Crosswire Biblia Trsasg -honlapjn. Itt tallhat: +formtumokrl a Sword projekt fejlesztői +szekcijban tallhat.

Elrhető dokumentumok

Tbb, mint 200 dokumentum 50 nyelven rhető el a Crosswire Bible Society honlapjn. Itt tallhat:

Biblikat

A teljes Biblia szvegt, lehetsges kiegsztsekkel, mint Strong's szmok, fejlcek, lbjegyzetek a szvegekben. A Biblik klnfle nyelveken elrhetők, s nemcsak a modern verzikat tallhatja meg, hanem fellelhetőek a rgies szvegvltozatok, mint a Westminster Leningrd Kdex ("WLC", hber) -s a Septuaginta ("LXX", grg). Ez a legfejlettebb rsze a Sword +s a Septuaginta ("LXX", grg). Ez a legfejlettebb rsze a Sword projektnek.

Knyvek

Tbbek kzt, ilyen ismert knyveket tallhatjuk meg: "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"

Kommentrok

Az elrhető kommentrok kztt tallhat a klasszikus John Wesley "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry'kommentrja s Luther "Commentary on Galatians." A diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index 184dd95..0d709f7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -A Knyvespolc menedzser

A Knyvespolc menedzser
Előző3. fejezet - A program műkdseKvetkező

A Knyvespolc menedzser

A Knyvespolc menedzser egy segdeszkz a +A Knyvespolc menedzser

A Knyvespolc menedzser
Előző3. fejezet - A program műkdseKvetkező

A Knyvespolc menedzser

A Knyvespolc menedzser egy segdeszkz a knyvespolcunk kezelshez. Ennek segtsgvel tud j dokumentumokat telepteni a knyvespolcra, frissteni vagy akr trlni azokat. Megtallja a főmen Belltsok → Knyvespolc menedzser almenjben.

Teleptsi tvonal(ak) belltsa

Itt adhat meg, hogy a BibleTime hol trolhatja a "Knyvespolct" a @@ -13,10 +13,11 @@ feltelep "knyvespolc" lenne, ebben az esetben a BibleTime indtsakor az sszes dokumentum lthat lesz, ha a CD a gpben van.

Dokumentum(ok) teleptse/frisstse

Evvel a lehetősggel lve csatlakozhat egy dokumentum trolhelyhez ("knyvtrhoz"), s letlthet egy, vagy akr tbb munkt a sajt helyi -knyvespolcra. Ezek a knyvtrak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. Sword CD), vagy -tvoliak is, mint a Crosswire online trolhelye. Egyszerűen kezelheti -ezeket a lelőhelyeket a Hozzads s a -Trls gomb segtsgvel.

A teleptsi vagy frisstsi folyamat elkezdshez vlassza ki a forrst, +knyvespolcra. Ezek a knyvtrak lehetnek helyiek is (pl. Sword CD), vagy +tvoliak is (pl. a Crosswire online Sword trolhelye, vagy ms oldalak, +ahol Sword modulok tallhatk). Egyszerűen kezelheti ezeket a lelőhelyeket +a Hozzads s a Trls gomb +segtsgvel.

A teleptsi vagy frisstsi folyamat elkezdshez vlassza ki a forrst, melyhez csatlakozni kvn, s a helyi knyvespolcot, ahova telepteni szeretne. Ezek utn kattintson a Frissts... gombra. A BibleTime leellenőrzi a trol tartalmt, s elkszt egy listt diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html index a1fbd81..26a443a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,12 +1,10 @@ -Exportls s Nyomtats

Exportls s Nyomtats
Előző3. fejezet - A program műkdseKvetkező

Exportls s Nyomtats

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the -right mouse button. Depending on context, it will -allow you to Select, -Copy (to clipboard), -Save or Print -text. This works for example in the read windows, when you click on the -normal text or the verse reference, or in the search result page when you -click on a work or one or more verse references. It is pretty -straightforward, so just try it out.

A BibleTime nyomtatsi kpessgei csak a legalapvetőbbek, s csak +Exportls s Nyomtats

Exportls s Nyomtats
Előző3. fejezet - A program műkdseKvetkező

Exportls s Nyomtats

Tbb helyen van lehetősge helyi ment nyitni a +jobb egrgombbal. Helyzettől fggően lehetősge +van Kijellni, Msolni +(a vglapra), Menteni vagy +Nyomtatni. Ilyen men nylik meg pldul az +olvassi ablakban, vagy a keressi ablakban, mikor egy tallatra +kattint. Tnyleg ilyen egyszerű, csak prblja ki.

A BibleTime nyomtatsi kpessgei csak a legalapvetőbbek, s csak segdeszkz jellegűek. Amennyiben n szveget szerkeszt, vagy prezentcit kszt, melyben BibleTime szveget szeretne elhelyezni, javasoljuk, hogy erre klső, nnek megfelelő eszkzt hasznljon, minthogy a BibleTime diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 8240aad..78c608b 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,43 +1,43 @@ -A BibleTime ablak rszei

A BibleTime ablak rszei
Előző3. fejezet - A program műkdseKvetkező

A BibleTime ablak rszei

A Knyvespolc

A Knyvespolc felsorolja a teleptett dokumentumokat kategrinknt s +A BibleTime ablak rszei

A BibleTime ablak rszei
Előző3. fejezet - A program műkdseKvetkező

A BibleTime ablak rszei

A Knyvespolc

A Knyvespolc felsorolja a teleptett dokumentumokat kategrinknt s nyelvenknt. Itt tallhat a "Knyvjelzők" kategria is, ahol trolhatja s elrheti a sajt knyvjelzőit.

Dokumentumok olvassa

Dokumentum olvassra megnyitshoz egyszerűen kattintson a bal egrgombbal a kvnt kategrira (Biblik, Kommentrok, Lexikonok...) a tartalmuk kijelzshez, majd kattintson a kivlasztott munkra a megnyitshoz. A kvnt dokumentum a Munkaasztal rszen lesz -lthat.

Tipp

A Fogd & Vidd műkdse

If you are reading a certain work, and want to open another work at the -passage you are reading, you can use a shortcut. Simply click with the -left mouse button on the verse/passage reference -(pointer changes to hand) and drag it to the Bookshelf. Drop it on the work -you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified -location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, -then it will jump to the specified location.

Kiegsztő informcik egy adott dokumentumrl

If you click with the right mouse button on the -symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are -relevant for this work. "About this work" opens -a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. -"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for -encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the -work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Keress a dokumentumokban

You can search in a work by clicking with the -right mouse button on its symbol and selecting -"Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and -clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same -procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these -documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features -can be found here.

Munka a knyvjelzőkkel

+lthat.

Tipp

A Fogd & Vidd műkdse

Amikor olvas egy dokumentumot, s meg szeretne nyitni egy msik munkt +ugyanannl a rsznl, ahol ppen tart, egyszerűen megteheti. Csak kattintson +a bal egrgombbal a versre, hivatkozsra (a +mutat kz alakra vlt) s hzza a knyvespolcra. Vigye a kvnt +dokumentumra, az a kvnt helyen fog megnylni. Ugyangy hzhat egy +hivatkozst a nyitott dokumentum ablakra, s az a kvnt hivatkozsra fog +ugrani.

Kiegsztő informcik egy adott dokumentumrl

Amikor jobb egrgombbal rkattint egy dokumentum +szimblumra, egy helyi ment lthat olyan bejegyzsekkel, ami az adott +munkra rvnyes. Az "ltalnos informcik" egy +j ablakot nyit meg, a dokumentumra vonatkoz informcikkal. A +"Felolds" egy kis prbeszdablakot nyit meg, +ahol megadhatja a zrolt dokumentumok felold kulcst. A zrolt +dokumentumokrl kiegsztő informcit olvashat ezen az +oldalon, a Crosswire Bible Society honlapjn.

Keress a dokumentumokban

Kereshet a dokumentumokban, ha a jobb egrgombbal +kattint a dokumentum ikonjra, s kivlasztja a "Keress +itt:" menpontot. A Shift segtsgvel msik ikonokra +kattintva hozzadhat mg dokumentumokat a keresshez, ekkor az sszes +kivlasztott munkban fog keresni. A keress teljes lerst itt tallhatja.

Munka a knyvjelzőkkel

Tipp

A Fogd & Vidd műkdse

- Click with the right mouse button on the bookmark -category of the bookshelf and select "Create new -folder" to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal -drag & drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or -search results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between -folders.

You can also import bookmarks from other people or export bookmarks to share -them. To do this, open the context menu of the bookmark -folder as described above, and select "Export -bookmarks". This will bring up a dialog box for you to save -the bookmark collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way.

You can also click with the right on folders and -bookmarks to change their names and descriptions.

A Nagyt

Ez a kis ablak a BibleTime bal als rszn alaphelyzetben passzv. Amikor + Kattintson a jobb egrgombbal a knyvjelzők +kategrira, majd vlassza az "j mappa +ltrehozsa" menelemet egy j knyvjelző mappa +ltrehozshoz. Hasznlhatja egyszerűen a Fogd & vidd technikt is, hogy +verset hzzon a munkaasztalrl, vagy a keressi eredmnyeket thzza a +knyvjelzőkhz, illetve, hogy jrarendezze a meglvő knyvjelzőit.

Lehetősge van knyvjelzők importlsra s exportlsra is. Ennek +rdekben nyissa meg a helyi ment a knyvjelző mappban, +ahogyan az az előzőekben le lett rva, majd vlassza a +"Knyvjelzők exportlsa" menpontot. Ekkor +előjn egy prbeszdablak, mely segtsgvel mentheti a knyvjelzőit. Az +importls hasonlkppen trtnik.

A jobb egrgombbal kattints termszetesen +alkalmazhat a mappk s a knyvjelzők neveinek s lersainak +megvltoztatsra is.

A Nagyt

Ez a kis ablak a BibleTime bal als rszn alaphelyzetben passzv. Amikor az egrrel egy olyan szvegrsz fl megy, ami kiegsztő informci (pldul Strong's szmok, hivatkozsok) tartozik a szveghez az ebben a rszben lthat. Tegyen egy prbt...

A Munkaasztal

A munkaasztal a igazi munkaterlete a BibleTime szoftvernek. Ide nylnak @@ -46,22 +46,20 @@ fűzhet egyszerűen megnyithatjuk a Knyvespolcrl, az ikonjukra kattintva. A megnyitsi terlet a munkaasztalon van. Minden ablak rendelkezik eszkztrral, amelyen segdeszkzket tallhat a naviglshoz a megnyitott -munkban.

Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezse

Of course, you can open multiple works at the same time. There are several -possibilities for arranging the read windows on the desk. Please have a look -at the entry Window in the main menu. There you can see -that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely -yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve -this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at -Window → Arrangement -mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

Sajt kommentr szerkesztse

Ahhoz, hogy a sajt kommentrjt a Biblia rszeknt trolja, szksges -telepteni a Crosswire Biblia -Trsasg egyik moduljt, a "Szemlyes kommentrt".

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the -Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in -read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to -write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the -right mouse button and then select Edit -this work and then either Plain -text(source code editor) or -HTML(basic gui wysiwyg editor).

Tipp

Ha a Dokumentum szerkesztse +munkban.

Megnyitott ablakok elhelyezse

Termszetesen egyszerre tbb dokumentum lehet megnyitva a munkaasztalon, +ahol tbb lehetősge van azokat elrendezni. Vessen egy pillantst az +Ablak menre a főmenben. Lthat, hogy az ablakok +elhelyezkedst n kzzel is s a BibleTime automatikusan is +szablyozhatja. Ez utbbi elrshez vlassza az Ablak +men → Ablakok automatikus elrendezse menpontot. Csak prblja ki, egyszerű, s műkdik.

Sajt kommentr szerkesztse

Ahhoz, hogy a sajt kommentrjt a Biblia rszeknt trolja, szksges +telepteni a Crosswire Bible Society egyik +moduljt, a "Szemlyes kommentrt" ezt az angol nyelvű dokumentumoknl +tallja Personal Commentary nven.

Amikor megnyitja a sajt kommentrjt az ikonjra +kattintva a knyvespolcon, olvassi zemmdban +nylik meg, ekkor nem tudja szerkeszteni. Szerkeszteni akkor tudja, ha +jobb egrgombbal kattint, s kivlasztja a +Dokumentum szerkesztse pontot s az +Egyszerű szveg (forrskd szerkesztő) vagy +HTML(alap wysiwyg szerkesztő) lehetősget.

Tipp

Ha a Dokumentum szerkesztse inaktv, lehetsges, hogy nincs rsi joga a szemlyes kommentrhoz.

Tipp

A fogd & vidd műkdik itt is, csak ejtse egy vers hivatkozst a dokumentumra, s a vers szvege beszrsra kerl.

ElőzőFelKvetkező
3. fejezet - A program műkdseTartalomKeress a dokumentumokban
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 23c943b..01fd604 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ -Keress a dokumentumokban
Keress a dokumentumokban
Előző3. fejezet - A program műkdseKvetkező

Keress a dokumentumokban

Keress egy megnyitott ablakban

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter -of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other -programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the -right mouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how -you can search in entire works.

Keressi prbeszdablak elrse

You can search in a work by clicking with the -right mouse button on its symbol in the -Bookshelf and selecting Search in -work(s). By holding Shift or Ctrl and clicking on other -work's names you can select more than one. Then follow the same procedure to -open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these works at the -same time.

Szintn elrhető a keressi funkci a főmen Keress almenjből, ahol kivlaszthatja a +Keress a dokumentumokban

Keress a dokumentumokban
Előző3. fejezet - A program műkdseKvetkező

Keress a dokumentumokban

Keress egy megnyitott ablakban

Kereshet kifejezst vagy szt a megnyitott ablak(ok)ban, pldul az ppen +olvasott fejezetben, gy, ahogy brmely ms programban is. Csak kattintson a +jobb egrgombbal, s vlassza a +Keress... opcit, vagy hasznlhatja a F billentyű +kombincit. Olvasson tovbb, hogy megtudja, hogyan kereshet a teljes +dokumentumokban is.

Keressi prbeszdablak elrse

Keresst kezdemnyezhet egy dokumentumban, hogy +jobbegrgombbal rkattint az ikonjra a +Knyvespolcon, s kivlasztja a Keress a +dokumentum(ok)ban lehetősget. A Shift vagy a Ctrl nyomva +tartsval egyszerre tbb dokumentumot is hozzadhat a keresshez, hasonl +mdon, mint ha csak egy dokumentumban keresne. Ekkor az sszes kivlasztott +munkban fog keresni egyszerre.

Szintn elrhető a keressi funkci a főmen Keress almenjből, ahol kivlaszthatja a megfelelő bejegyzst.

A harmadik lehetősg a keresshez a keress ikonra kattintssal rhető el egy megnyitott olvassi ablakban.A harmadik lehetősg a keresshez a keress ikonra kattintssal rhető el egy megnyitott olvassi ablakban.

A keress testreszabsa

Dokumentumok kivlasztsa

A prbeszdablak felső rszben tallhat egy @@ -18,46 +18,40 @@ dokumentumban k kivlaszthatja a keressbe bevonand munkkat.A prbeszdablak felső rszben tallhat egy Vlaszts felirat gomb. Ha egyszerre tbb dokumentumban kvn keresni, kattintson erre a gombra, s a -lehetősgekből kivlaszthatja a keressbe bevonand munkkat.

Keressi hatkrk hasznlata

You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by -selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search -scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup ranges button.

Az alapvető keressi kifejezsek bemutatsa

Gpelje be a keresett kifejezseket szkzkkel -elvlasztva. Alaprtelmezetten a keress eredmnyeknt azok lesznek -felsorolva, amelyekben brmelyik kifejezs előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY -kifejezs). Ha azokra a tallatokra kvncsi csak, melyben az sszes -megadott kifejezs szerepel, hasznlja az AND (angolul S) utastst a -kifejezsek kztt.Gpelje be a keresett kifejezseket szkzkkel -elvlasztva. Alaprtelmezetten a keress eredmnyeknt azok lesznek -felsorolva, amelyekben brmelyik kifejezs előfordul (OR - angolul a VAGY -kifejezs). Ha azokra a tallatokra kvncsi csak, melyben az sszes -megadott kifejezs szerepel, hasznlja az AND (angolul S) utastst a -kifejezsek kztt.

Hasznlhat helyettestő karaktereket is: a '*' brmennyi betűt helyettest, -mg a '?' csak egyet. Zrjelek hasznlatval csoportosthatja (mint -matematikban) a keressi kifejezseket, pldul: '(Jzus OR llek) S -Isten'.Hasznlhat helyettestő karaktereket is: a '*' brmennyi betűt -helyettest, mg a '?' csak egyet. Zrjelek hasznlatval csoportosthatja -(mint matematikban) a keressi kifejezseket, pldul: '(Jzus OR llek) S -Isten'.

Ha a fő szvegtől eltrő szvegrszt keres, akkor a szvegtpus megadsa -utn ':', s jhet a keressi kifejezs. Pldul, ha a H8077-es Strong's -szm előfordulst keresi, gy kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'. Ha a fő -szvegtől eltrő szvegrszt keres, akkor a szvegtpus megadsa utn ':', -s jhet a keressi kifejezs. Pldul, ha a H8077-es Strong's szm -előfordulst keresi, gy kell megadni: 'strong:H8077'.

Lehetsges szvegtpusok: -

3.1. tblzat - Keressi tpusok

ElőtagJelents
heading: (fejlc)A fejlcekben keres
footnote: (lbjegyzet)a lbjegyzetekben keres
strong:a Strong's szmok előfordulsait keresi
morph: (alak)alaktani kdokra keres


A BibleTime a Lucene keresőmotorjt alkalmazza, mely tovbbi fejlettebb -keressi lehetősget ajnl. Tbbet megtudhat erről a -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html webcmen.

Keressi tallatok

Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted -by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse -button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a -certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the -references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference -opens that verse up in context in the preview window below.

Tipp

Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozst, s ejtse a Knyvespolcon egy dokumentum +lehetősgekből kivlaszthatja a keressbe bevonand munkkat.

Keressi hatkrk hasznlata

Szűktheti a keress hatkrt a Biblia egyes rszeire, amennyiben vlaszt +egyet a Hatsugr ltal felajnlott listbl. n is +meghatrozhat hatkrt a Telepts gombra +kattintva.Szűktheti a keress hatkrt a Biblia egyes rszeire, amennyiben +vlaszt egyet a Hatsugr ltal felajnlott listbl. n +is meghatrozhat hatkrt a Telepts gombra +kattintva.

Az alapvető keressi kifejezsek bemutatsa

Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. +

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.

Lehetsges szvegtpusok: +

3.1. tblzat - Keressi tpusok

ElőtagJelentsExample
heading: (fejlc)A fejlcekben keresheading:Jesus
footnote: (lbjegyzet)a lbjegyzetekben keresfootnote:Moses
strong:a Strong's szmok előfordulsait keresistrong:G535
morph: (alak)alaktani kdokra keresmorph:N-GSM


Tipp

You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search.

BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html.

Keressi tallatok

Bemutatunk nhny pldt a keressre, munknknt +csoportostva. Jobb egrgombbal a munkra +kattintva lehetősge nylik menteni, msolni vagy kinyomtatni az sszes +verset, amelyet tallt a munkban akr egyszerre is. Ugyangy műkdik az is, +ha csak egy, vagy tbb hivatkozst jell ki mentsre, msolsra, vagy +nyomtatsra. Egy hivatkozsra kattintva az előnzeti ablakban lthatv +vlik a vers a szvegkrnyezetben.

Tipp

Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozst, s ejtse a Knyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjra, s a dokumentum megnylik a hivatkozott versnl.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozst, s ejtse a Knyvespolcon egy dokumentum ikonjra, s a dokumentum megnylik a hivatkozott versnl.

Tipp

Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozst, s ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.Ragadjon meg egy hivatkozst, s ejtse egy megnyitott ablakra, a dokumentum a hivatkozott helyre ugrik.

Tipp

Vlasszon ki hivatkozsokat, s hzza a knyvespolcra knyvjelzők ksztshez.Vlasszon ki hivatkozsokat, s hzza a knyvespolcra -knyvjelzők ksztshez.

Keressi tallatok elemzse

Click on Search analysis to open the search analysis -display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the -search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the -analysis.

ElőzőFelKvetkező
A BibleTime ablak rszeiTartalomA Knyvespolc menedzser
+knyvjelzők ksztshez.

Keressi tallatok elemzse

Kattintson a Tallatok elemzse gombra, hogy +megnyissa a tallatokat elemző ablakot. Itt egy egyszerű grafikus elemzst +lthat a tallatokrl, tallatok szma szerint a Biblia knyvei szerint. Ezt +az elemzst is el tudja menteni.

ElőzőFelKvetkező
A BibleTime ablak rszeiTartalomA Knyvespolc menedzser
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html index 69077eb..337e307 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,10 +1,9 @@ -3. fejezet - A program műkdse
3. fejezet - A program műkdse
ElőzőKvetkező

3. fejezet - A program műkdse

Tartalom

A program ttekintse
A BibleTime ablak rszei
A Knyvespolc
A Nagyt
A Munkaasztal
Keress a dokumentumokban
Keress egy megnyitott ablakban
Keressi prbeszdablak elrse
A keress testreszabsa
Keressi tallatok
A Knyvespolc menedzser
Teleptsi tvonal(ak) belltsa
Dokumentum(ok) teleptse/frisstse
Dokumentum(ok) trlse
Keressi indexek
Exportls s Nyomtats

A program ttekintse

gy nz ki egy tipikus BibleTime munkafolyamat: +3. fejezet - A program műkdse

3. fejezet - A program műkdse
ElőzőKvetkező

3. fejezet - A program műkdse

Tartalom

A program ttekintse
A BibleTime ablak rszei
A Knyvespolc
A Nagyt
A Munkaasztal
Keress a dokumentumokban
Keress egy megnyitott ablakban
Keressi prbeszdablak elrse
A keress testreszabsa
Keressi tallatok
A Knyvespolc menedzser
Teleptsi tvonal(ak) belltsa
Dokumentum(ok) teleptse/frisstse
Dokumentum(ok) trlse
Keressi indexek
Exportls s Nyomtats

A program ttekintse

gy nz ki egy tipikus BibleTime munkafolyamat:

A BibleTime alkalmazs ablak

- You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left -window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the -Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little "Mag" window below -the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded in -documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for example, -then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar -gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right -side is where you do your real work.

Most tekintsk t a rszeket egyesvel.

ElőzőKvetkező
Indtsi folyamatTartalomA BibleTime ablak rszei
+ Knnyen felismerheti az alkalmazs klnbző rszeit. A Knyvespolc a bal +oldalon a dokumentumok s a knyvjelzők kezelsre hasznlhat. A kisebb +"Nagyt" ablak alatta a dokumentumokba gyazott extra informcit +mutatja. Amikor azt egrmutatt egy lbjegyzet jelzs fl viszi, a +"Nagyt" megmutatja az aktulis lbjegyzet tartalmt. Az eszkztr gyors +elrst biztost a klnbző funkcikhoz, mg a jobb oldalon a munkaasztal a +megnyitott dokumentum helye.

Most tekintsk t a rszeket egyesvel.

ElőzőKvetkező
Indtsi folyamatTartalomA BibleTime ablak rszei
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html deleted file mode 100644 index 08f7033..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -Gyorsbillentyűk
Gyorsbillentyűk
Előző5. fejezet - Tjkoztats

Gyorsbillentyűk

Ez az sszes gyorsbillentyű lersukkal egyttes listja. A felsorols -(tbbnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelő. Ha kzvetlenl szeretn megtudni, -melyik kombinci tartozik egyes menkhz, tekintse meg kzvetlenl a -BibleTime meniben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti ebben a rszben. Ne feledje, hogy a -funkcibillentűk kivtelvel (F1-F9) a billentyűk mell a CTRL billentyű -lenyomsa (olykor az ALT is) szksges.Ez az sszes gyorsbillentyű -lersukkal egyttes listja. A felsorols (tbbnyire) ABC sorrendnek -megfelelő. Ha kzvetlenl szeretn megtudni, melyik kombinci tartozik -egyes menkhz, tekintse meg kzvetlenl a BibleTime meniben, (ahol -jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti ebben a rszben. Ne feledje, hogy a -funkcibillentűk kivtelvel (F1-F9) a billentyűk mell a CTRL billentyű -lenyomsa (olykor az ALT is) szksges.

GyorsbillentyűLers
- AltLeft - Visszalp az előzmnyekben az olvas ablakban.
- AltRight - Előrelp az előzmnyekben.
- CtrlAltF - - Keress → Keress -az alaprtelmezett Bibliban menvel -egyező; keressi ablakot nyit az alaprtelmezett Bibliban keresshez.
- CtrlAltG - - Megegyezik az Ablak → Ablakok -automatikus igaztsa → Fggőleges mozaik -elrendezssel, aktivlja az automatikus mozaik -elrendezst. -
- CtrlAltH - - Megegyezik az Ablak → Ablakok -automatikus igaztsa → Vzszintes mozaik -elrendezssel, aktivlja az automatikus mozaik -elrendezst.
- CtrlAltJ - - Megegyezik az Ablak → Ablakok -automatikus igaztsa → tlapol -elrendezssel, aktivlja az automatikus tlapol -elrendezst.
- CtrlAltM - - Megegyezik az Ablak → Ablakok -automatikus igaztsa → Kzi -elrendezssel, aktivlja az kzi elrendezst.
- CtrlAltS - - Megegyezik az Ablak → Ments -j folyamatknt menponttal, menti a -jelenlegi elrendezst j nven, j folyamatknt.
- CtrlAltW - - Megegyezik az Ablak → -sszes bezrsa menponttal, bezrja az -sszes nyitott ablakot.
- Ctrl- - Kicsinyt. Cskkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű mrett.
- Ctrl+ - Nagyt. Nveli az ablakban alkalmazott betű mrett.
- CtrlA - sszes kivlasztsa. Az sszes szveget kivlasztja az aktulis -ablakban.sszes kivlasztsa. Az sszes szveget kivlasztja az aktulis -ablakban.
- CtrlC - Msols. A kijellt szveget a vglapra msolja.
- CtrlF - Keress. Az ablakban lvő szvegben keres.
- CtrlG - - Megegyezik az Ablak → -sszes bezrsa menponttal, bezrja az -sszes nyitott ablakot. -
- CtrlH - - Megegyezik az Ablak → -sszes bezrsa menponttal, bezrja az -sszes nyitott ablakot. -
- CtrlJ - - Megegyezik az Ablak → -sszes bezrsa menponttal, bezrja az -sszes nyitott ablakot. -
- CtrlL - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
- CtrlN - Search with works of this window.
- CtrlO - - Megegyezik a Keress → Keress -a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban -menponttal, keressi ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkkban val keresshez.
- CtrlQ - - Megegyezik a Fjl → Kilps ponttal, a -BibleTime bezrsa.
- CtrlW - Bezrja az aktulis ablakot.
- F1 - - Megegyezik a Segtsg → -Kziknyv menponttal, megnyitja ezt a -kziknyvet.
- F2 - - Megegyezik a Segtsg → Biblia -tanulmnyozs "hogyan" menponttal, megnyitja a -segdletet a Biblia tanulmnyozshoz.
- F4 - - Megegyezik a Belltsok → Knyvespolc menedzser -menponttal, megnyitja a Knyvespolc menedzsert.
- F8 - - Megegyezik a Nzet → -Knyvespolc mutatsa menponttal, -lthatv teszi a "knyvespolcot".
- F9 - - Megegyezik a Nzet → Nagyt -mutatsa menponttal, lthatv teszi a -nagyt (informcis) ablakot.
ElőzőFel
Works referenceTartalom
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d23d37 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +Billentyűkombincik
Billentyűkombincik
Előző5. fejezet - Tjkoztats

Billentyűkombincik

Ez az sszes billentyűkombinci lersukkal egyttes listja. A felsorols +(tbbnyire) ABC sorrendnek megfelelő. Ha kzvetlenl szeretn megtudni, +melyik kombinci tartozik egyes menkhz, tekintse meg kzvetlenl a +BibleTime meniben, (ahol jelezve vannak), vagy megkeresheti ebben a rszben.

BillentyűkombinciLers
+ AltLeft + Visszalp az előzmnyekben az olvas ablakban.
+ AltRight + Előrelp az előzmnyekben.
+ CtrlAltF + + Keress → Keress +az alaprtelmezett Bibliban menvel +egyező; keressi ablakot nyit az alaprtelmezett Bibliban keresshez.
+ CtrlAltG + + Megegyezik az Ablak → Ablakok +automatikus igaztsa → Fggőleges mozaik +elrendezssel, aktivlja az automatikus mozaik +elrendezst. +
+ CtrlAltH + + Megegyezik az Ablak → Ablakok +automatikus igaztsa → Vzszintes mozaik +elrendezssel, aktivlja az automatikus mozaik +elrendezst.
+ CtrlAltJ + + Megegyezik az Ablak → Ablakok +automatikus igaztsa → tlapol +elrendezssel, aktivlja az automatikus tlapol +elrendezst.
+ CtrlAltM + + Megegyezik az Ablak → Ablakok +automatikus igaztsa → Kzi +elrendezssel, aktivlja az kzi elrendezst.
+ CtrlAltS + + Megegyezik az Ablak → Ments +j folyamatknt menponttal, menti a +jelenlegi elrendezst j nven, j folyamatknt.
+ CtrlAltW + + Megegyezik az Ablak → +sszes bezrsa menponttal, bezrja az +sszes nyitott ablakot.
+ Ctrl- + Kicsinyt. Cskkenti az ablakban alkalmazott betű mrett.
+ Ctrl+ + Nagyt. Nveli az ablakban alkalmazott betű mrett.
+ CtrlA + sszes kivlasztsa. Az sszes szveget kivlasztja az aktulis +ablakban.sszes kivlasztsa. Az sszes szveget kivlasztja az aktulis +ablakban.
+ CtrlC + Msols. A kijellt szveget a vglapra msolja.
+ CtrlF + Keress. Az ablakban lvő szvegben keres.
+ CtrlG + + Megegyezik az Ablak → +sszes bezrsa menponttal, bezrja az +sszes nyitott ablakot. +
+ CtrlH + + Megegyezik az Ablak → +sszes bezrsa menponttal, bezrja az +sszes nyitott ablakot. +
+ CtrlJ + + Megegyezik az Ablak → +sszes bezrsa menponttal, bezrja az +sszes nyitott ablakot. +
+ CtrlL + Hely cserje. A fkuszt a vlasztott munka eszkztrra lltja.
+ CtrlN + Keress az ablak dokumentumaiban.
+ CtrlO + + Megegyezik a Keress → Keress +a megnyitott dokumentum(ok)ban +menponttal, keressi ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkkban val keresshez.
+ CtrlQ + + Megegyezik a Fjl → Kilps ponttal, a +BibleTime bezrsa.
+ CtrlW + Bezrja az aktulis ablakot.
+ F1 + + Megegyezik a Segtsg → +Kziknyv menponttal, megnyitja ezt a +kziknyvet.
+ F2 + + Megegyezik a Segtsg → Biblia +tanulmnyozs "hogyan" menponttal, megnyitja a +segdletet a Biblia tanulmnyozshoz.
+ F4 + + Megegyezik a Belltsok → Knyvespolc menedzser +menponttal, megnyitja a Knyvespolc menedzsert.
+ F8 + + Megegyezik a Nzet → +Knyvespolc mutatsa menponttal, +lthatv teszi a "knyvespolcot".
+ F9 + + Megegyezik a Nzet → Nagyt +mutatsa menponttal, lthatv teszi a +nagyt (informcis) ablakot.
ElőzőFel
HivatkozsokTartalom
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html deleted file mode 100644 index a374ac1..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ -Eszkztr lers
Eszkztr lers
PrevChapter5.TjkoztatsNext

Eszkztr lers

Krjk nzze meg az előző rszt -az eszkztr gombjainak magyarzathoz. Lehetősge van az -egrmutatt a gomb fl vinni, s nhny msodpercen bell -megjelenik egy bubork sg egy rvid lerssal. Krjk nzze meg az előző rszt az eszkztr gombjainak -magyarzathoz. Lehetősge van az egrmutatt a gomb fl -vinni, s nhny msodpercen bell megjelenik egy bubork sg egy -rvid lerssal.

Szksgeinek megfelelően bellthatja az eszkztrat, ehhez hasznlja a -kvetkező menpontot:Szksgeinek megfelelően bellthatja az eszkztrat, -ehhez hasznlja a kvetkező menpontot: -

- - Settings → Configure toolbars -

Eszkztrak testreszabsa

A rszletes informcikrt tekintse meg ezt a -rszt.A rszletes informcikrt tekintse meg ezt a -rszt.

PrevUpNext
Chapter5.TjkoztatsHomeGyorsbillentyűk
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 12c990d..27dc87e 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,88 +1,87 @@ -Works reference
Works reference
Előző5. fejezet - TjkoztatsKvetkező

Works reference

- In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open -works. +Hivatkozsok

Hivatkozsok
Előző5. fejezet - TjkoztatsKvetkező

Hivatkozsok

+ Ebben a rszben a megynyitott munkk ikonjairl tall lerst.

- Scrolls forward through history. + Előre grget az előzmnyekben.

- Scrolls back through history. + Visszafel grget az előzmnyekben.

- Select an installed bible. + Teleptett biblit vlaszt.

- Select an additional bible. + jabb Biblit vlaszt.

- Search in selected works. + Keress a kivlasztott dokumentumokban

- Display configuration. + Testreszabs.

- Select an installed commentary. + Teleptett kommentrt vlaszt.

- Select additional commentary. + Tovbbi kommentr kivlasztsa.

- Synchronize displayed entry with active Bible window. + A mutatott bejegyzst szinkronizlja az aktv Biblia ablakkal.

- Select a book. + Dokumentumok kivlasztsa

- Select an installed glossary or devotional. + Egy teleptett magyarzatot vagy hitatot vlaszt.

- Select an additional glossary or devotional. + Egy kiegsztő magyarzatot vagy hitatot vlaszt.

-

ElőzőFelKvetkező
5. fejezet - TjkoztatsTartalomGyorsbillentyűk
+

ElőzőFelKvetkező
5. fejezet - TjkoztatsTartalomBillentyűkombincik
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html index 745f1f1..ccb0733 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -5. fejezet - Tjkoztats
5. fejezet - Tjkoztats
ElőzőKvetkező

5. fejezet - Tjkoztats

Tartalom

Főmen referencija
+5. fejezet - Tjkoztats
5. fejezet - Tjkoztats
ElőzőKvetkező

5. fejezet - Tjkoztats

Tartalom

Főmen referencija
File
View @@ -10,14 +10,10 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
Gyorsbillentyűk

Főmen referencija

Ebben a rszben rszletes lerst tallhat a BibleTime fő menjnek sszes +

Hivatkozsok
Billentyűkombincik

Főmen referencija

Ebben a rszben rszletes lerst tallhat a BibleTime fő menjnek sszes bejegyzsről, elrsk szerint csoportostva, az sszes albejegyzseikkel. Szintn ismertetjk a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzjuk -tartoznak. Az elrhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listjt ebben a rszben tallja.Ebben a -rszben rszletes lerst tallhat a BibleTime fő menjnek sszes -bejegyzsről, elrsk szerint csoportostva, az sszes -albejegyzseikkel. Szintn ismertetjk a gyorsbillentyűket, melyek hozzjuk -tartoznak. Az elrhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listjt ebben a rszben tallja.

+tartoznak. Az elrhető gyorsbillentyűk teljes listjt ebben a rszben tallja.

File

@@ -46,9 +42,9 @@ K kapcsolhatja ki/be a Knyvespolc megjelentst.

View → Show Bookmarks

- Toggles display of the Bookmarks. Toggle this setting to -turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need -more space for the Mag.

+ Knyvespolc megjelentse. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a +Knyvespolc megjelentst, ez knyelmes lehet, ha tbb helyre van szksge +a Nagythoz.

View → Show Mag

Nagyt megjelentse. Itt kapcsolhatja ki/be a nagyt @@ -60,15 +56,15 @@ megjelen Search → Search in standard bible (CtrlAltF)

- Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible -only. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed -search description can be found here.

+ Keress megnyitsa az alaprtelmezett Bibliban. Tovbbi +biblik adhatk hozz a prbeszdablakban. Tovbbi rszletes lerst tall +itt.

Search → Search in open work(s) (CtrlO)

- Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works. Works -can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search -description can be found here.

+ Az sszes megnyitott dokumentumban kereső ablakot nyit +meg. Tovbbi munkk vehetők el, illetve adhatk a keresshez a +prbeszdablakban.ovbbi rszletes lerst tall itt.

Window

Window → Save session @@ -134,10 +130,8 @@ ablak Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

- Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megvltoztathatja a Sword belltsait, s -kezelheti a knyvespolct. Bővebb informcirt tekintse meg ezt a fejezetet.Nyit egy -ablakot, ahol megvltoztathatja a Sword belltsait, s kezelheti a -knyvespolct. Bővebb informcirt tekintse meg ezt a fejezetet.

+ Nyit egy ablakot, ahol megvltoztathatja a Sword belltsait, s +kezelheti a knyvespolct. Bővebb informcirt tekintse meg ezt a fejezetet.

Help

@@ -171,4 +165,4 @@ benne a BibleTime verzi Qt verzijrl s a felhasznlsi felttelekről.Informcis ablakot nyit meg a BibleTime projektről, benne a BibleTime verzijrl s a fejlesztőkről, a Sword verzijrl, a Qt verzijrl s -a felhasznlsi felttelekről.

ElőzőKvetkező
4. fejezet - BibleTime belltsaTartalomWorks reference
+a felhasznlsi felttelekről.

ElőzőKvetkező
4. fejezet - BibleTime belltsaTartalomHivatkozsok
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index b7527b9..2288ee8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Indtsi folyamat
Indtsi folyamat
Előző2. fejezet - BibleTime indtsaKvetkező

Indtsi folyamat

Mikor a BibleTime indul, a kvetkező kpet lthatja a fő BibleTime ablak +Indtsi folyamat

Indtsi folyamat
Előző2. fejezet - BibleTime indtsaKvetkező

Indtsi folyamat

Mikor a BibleTime indul, a kvetkező kpet lthatja a fő BibleTime ablak betltse előtt:

Bookshelf Manager

diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html index cfcb71c..cf83cd6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -2. fejezet - BibleTime indtsa

2. fejezet - BibleTime indtsa
ElőzőKvetkező

2. fejezet - BibleTime indtsa

Tartalom

Hogyan indtsuk a BibleTime programot
BibleTime indtsa
Ms ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)
Egyni indtsok
Indtsi folyamat

Hogyan indtsuk a BibleTime programot

BibleTime indtsa

A BibleTime egy vgrehajthat fjl, amit a Start menből indthat, evvel +2. fejezet - BibleTime indtsa

2. fejezet - BibleTime indtsa
ElőzőKvetkező

2. fejezet - BibleTime indtsa

Tartalom

Hogyan indtsuk a BibleTime programot
BibleTime indtsa
Egyni indtsok
Indtsi folyamat

Hogyan indtsuk a BibleTime programot

BibleTime indtsa

A BibleTime egy vgrehajthat fjl, amit a Start menből indthat, evvel az ikonnal:

BibleTime indtikon

A BibleTime termszetesen indthat parancssorbl is. Indtshoz rja be egy terminl ablakba ezt: - 

BibleTime

Ms ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)

A BibleTime termszetesen hasznlhat ms ablakkezelőkkel is, mint Gnome, -BlackBox, XFce stb. alatt is, amennyiben a szksges sszetevőket telepti -hozz. (A legtbb rendszer csomagkezelője automatikusan megteszi.)

Egyni indtsok

Terminlbl vletlenszerű verssel gy indthat a BibleTime: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "random"

Egy meghatrozott verssel indulshoz, mint pldul a Jnos 3:16 gy: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

Hasznlhatja a knyvek neveit sajt nyelvn is.

ElőzőKvetkező
1. fejezet - BevezetsTartalomIndtsi folyamat
+ 

bibletime

Egyni indtsok

Terminlbl vletlenszerű verssel gy indthat a BibleTime: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

+ Egy meghatrozott verssel indulshoz, mint pldul a Jnos 3:16 gy: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

+ Hasznlhatja a knyvek neveit sajt nyelvn is.

ElőzőKvetkező
1. fejezet - BevezetsTartalomIndtsi folyamat
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html index 12a6f2b..4c08916 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -BibleTime kziknyv
BibleTime kziknyv
Kvetkező

BibleTime kziknyv

Saalbach, Fred

Hoyt, Jeffrey

Gruner, Martin

Abthorpe, Thomas

2.3

Copyright 1999-2009 a BibleTime csapat

A BibleTime kziknyv a BibleTime rsze

Kivonat

BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz -szoftver.

Tartalom

1. Bevezets
Mi a BibleTime
Elrhető dokumentumok
Motivcink
2. BibleTime indtsa
Hogyan indtsuk a BibleTime programot
BibleTime indtsa
Ms ablakkezelők (*nix rendszeren)
Egyni indtsok
Indtsi folyamat
3. A program műkdse
A program ttekintse
A BibleTime ablak rszei
A Knyvespolc
A Nagyt
A Munkaasztal
Keress a dokumentumokban
Keress egy megnyitott ablakban
Keressi prbeszdablak elrse
A keress testreszabsa
Keressi tallatok
A Knyvespolc menedzser
Teleptsi tvonal(ak) belltsa
Dokumentum(ok) teleptse/frisstse
Dokumentum(ok) trlse
Keressi indexek
Exportls s Nyomtats
4. BibleTime belltsa
A BibleTime Belltsa prbeszdablak
+BibleTime kziknyv
BibleTime kziknyv
Kvetkező

BibleTime kziknyv

Saalbach, Fred

Hoyt, Jeffrey

Gruner, Martin

Abthorpe, Thomas

2.4

Copyright 1999-2009 a BibleTime csapat

A BibleTime kziknyv a BibleTime rsze

Kivonat

BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz +szoftver.

Tartalom

1. Bevezets
Mi a BibleTime
Elrhető dokumentumok
Motivcink
2. BibleTime indtsa
Hogyan indtsuk a BibleTime programot
BibleTime indtsa
Egyni indtsok
Indtsi folyamat
3. A program műkdse
A program ttekintse
A BibleTime ablak rszei
A Knyvespolc
A Nagyt
A Munkaasztal
Keress a dokumentumokban
Keress egy megnyitott ablakban
Keressi prbeszdablak elrse
A keress testreszabsa
Keressi tallatok
A Knyvespolc menedzser
Teleptsi tvonal(ak) belltsa
Dokumentum(ok) teleptse/frisstse
Dokumentum(ok) trlse
Keressi indexek
Exportls s Nyomtats
4. BibleTime belltsa
A BibleTime Belltsa prbeszdablak
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts
5. Tjkoztats
Főmen referencija
File
@@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ szoftver.

Tartalom

Settings
Help -
Works reference
Gyorsbillentyűk

A tblzatok listja

3.1. Keressi tpusok
4.1. UNICODE betűkszletek
Kvetkező
1. fejezet - Bevezets
+
Hivatkozsok
Billentyűkombincik

A tblzatok listja

3.1. Keressi tpusok
4.1. UNICODE betűkszletek
Kvetkező
1. fejezet - Bevezets
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 8fa6d3f..382f571 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ found under Settings in the main menu. your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting Settings Configure &bibletime;. + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -23,6 +24,21 @@ keuze uit de volgende opties: built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview on the right pane.</para> </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + + Many features provided by the &sword; backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text. + + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> @@ -125,8 +141,8 @@ karakters ondersteunt.</entry> <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> Crosswire's font directory</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Verscheidene lettertypen zijn beschikbaar op de ftp pagina van de Crosswire -Bible Society.</entry> + + <entry>Several fonts available from the &cbs; FTP site.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -159,29 +175,25 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"> Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>).</para> </sect3> </sect2> - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - - Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified. - - + + - <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> - Sneltoetsen zijn speciale toetsencombinaties die gebruikt kunnen worden in -plaats van menu items en iconen. Een aantal van &bibletime;'s commando's -hebben voorgeprogrammeerde sneltoetsen (zie deze sectie voor een volledige -lijst). Aan de meeste van &bibletime;'s commando's kunnen hier sneltoetsen -worden toegewezen. Dit is erg handig om snel toegang te hebben tot de -functies die u het meest nodig heeft. + + Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most. + + + + + + In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2. diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index 6a32fa5..6c567a7 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -2,25 +2,25 @@ Introductie About &bibletime; + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides +url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword">&sword; library, which provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society. +searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product of the &cbs;. &bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats -supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +supported by the &sword; project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the developers -section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society. +section of the &sword; Project, &cbs;. Beschikbare modules - Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de Crosswire Bible Society. Hierin zijn -opgenomen: + Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the &cbs;. These include: Bijbels @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ opgenomen: and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project. +the most advanced section in the library of the &sword; project. diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 3dcfd32..d74a141 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site. +page on the &cbs; web site. @@ -144,11 +144,11 @@ mode . Just try it out, it's simple and works. Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken - Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u -een bepaalde module uit de bibliotheek van de Crosswire Bible Society -installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk -bijbelcommentaar). + + To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the &cbs;. This work is called "Personal +commentary". If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ will be inserted. of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey Find..., or by using the shortcut &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works. @@ -228,54 +228,74 @@ selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the Setup ranges button. + Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht - Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will -return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all -the terms separate the terms by AND. - U kunt jokers gebruiken: '*' komt overeen met elke willekeurige reeks van -karakters, terwijl '?' overeenkomt met één willekeurig karakter. Het gebruik -van haakjes staat u toe om zoektermen te groeperen, bijv. '(Jezus OR Geest) -AND God'. + + Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. + + + You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'. + To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'. +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples. + Beschikbare typen tekst: Search Types - + Voorvoegsel Betekenis + Example Koptekst: doorzoekt kopteksten + heading:Jesus voetnoot: doorzoekt voetnoten + footnote:Moses strong: doorzoekt Strong-nummering + strong:G535 morph: doorzoekt morfologische codes + morph:N-GSM
+ + + You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search. + + &bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html. + Zoekresultaten Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted @@ -336,10 +356,10 @@ works on the CD if it is present. Modules installeren/bijwerken With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with Add library and -Delete library. +libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of &sword; modules, or another site offering &sword; +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library. Om het proces van installeren of bijwerken te starten kiest u een bibliotheek waarmee u verbinding wilt zoeken en een lokaal bestandspad naar een Boekenplank om de module(s) naar toe te installeren. Klik dan op diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index b9de1b6..3984d49 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ Verwijzing Hoofdmenu verwijzing - In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in -het hoofdmenu van &bibletime;. Ze zijn in precies dezelfde volgorde -gerangschikt als ze voorkomen in &bibletime;, met alle sub-items genoemd -onder het hoofd-item waartoe ze behoren. U kunt ook de sneltoets voor elk -item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in deze sectie. + In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +&bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this +section. <guimenu>File</guimenu> @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ details.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your &sword; configuration and manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> </listitem> @@ -795,20 +795,21 @@ works. </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> - <title>Sneltoetsen index - This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in this section. + + Shortcuts index + This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section. - + - Sneltoets + Shortcut Beschrijving diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 3055a4e..42913c8 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ &bibletime; opstarten + Hoe u &bibletime; opstart + &bibletime; opstarten &bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You @@ -14,25 +16,23 @@ can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: &bibletime; start icon + &bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch &bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: - &bibletime; - - - Andere window managers - &bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer. + bibletime + Aanpassing van het opstarten From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the -default bible: - bibletime --open-default-bible - "<random>"To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"You can also use booknames in your current bookname language. +default bible: + bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" + To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16" + You can also use booknames in your current bookname language. + Volgorde van opstartschermen Wanneer &bibletime; opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook index 0d4d6cb..92177b3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ [ BibleTime'> Sword'> + Crosswire Bible Society'> KDE'> Qt'> @@ -47,13 +48,13 @@ Het &bibletime; handboek is onderdeel van &bibletime; - 2009-09 - 2.3 + 2009-10 + 2.4 - &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework. + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; framework. - QT4 + Qt4 bibletime sword crosswire diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html index 48e6f3b..907e595 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren

Inhoudsopgave

Configure BibleTime Dialog
+Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 4. BibleTime configureren

Inhoudsopgave

Configure BibleTime Dialog
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts

In this section you find an overview to configure BibleTime, which can be found under Settings in the main menu.

Configure BibleTime Dialog

The BibleTime user interface can be customized in many ways depending on your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting @@ -16,7 +16,16 @@ your needs. You can access the configuration dialog by selecting keuze uit de volgende opties:

  • Toon opstartlogo

Display templates define the rendering of text (colors, size etc.). Various built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview -on the right pane.

+on the right pane.

+ Desk +

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text.

Languages

Hier kunt u specificeren welke talen gebruikt moeten worden voor de bijbelboeknamen. Stel dit op uw moedertaal als deze beschikbaar is en u @@ -52,8 +61,7 @@ karakters ondersteunt. A new free Unicode font initiative. Crosswire's font directory - Verscheidene lettertypen zijn beschikbaar op de ftp pagina van de Crosswire -Bible Society. + Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society FTP site. Bitstream CyberBit Dekt bijna het gehele bereik van Unicode, maar kan BibleTime vertragen @@ -65,19 +73,11 @@ en Thaise karakters. bijbehorende website.


There are good Unicode font lists on the net, as the one by Christoph Singer ( Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet), or the one by Alan Wood ( Unicode character -ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

- Desk -

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in -BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also -have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no -specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible is -used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover -over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, -according to the standard Bible you specified.

- HotKeys -

Sneltoetsen zijn speciale toetsencombinaties die gebruikt kunnen worden in -plaats van menu items en iconen. Een aantal van BibleTime's commando's -hebben voorgeprogrammeerde sneltoetsen (zie deze sectie voor een volledige -lijst). Aan de meeste van BibleTime's commando's kunnen hier sneltoetsen -worden toegewezen. Dit is erg handig om snel toegang te hebben tot de -functies die u het meest nodig heeft.

TerugVolgende
Exporteren en PrintenBeginHoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
+ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them).

+ Shortcuts +

Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of BibleTime's commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.

In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.

TerugVolgende
Exporteren en PrintenBeginHoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html index d78f74e..60d9808 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,17 +1,16 @@ -Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie
Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie

Inhoudsopgave

About BibleTime
Beschikbare modules
Motivatie

About BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie

Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie

Inhoudsopgave

About BibleTime
Beschikbare modules
Motivatie

About BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and -manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides +manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible text, -searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats -supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported document formats can be found in the developers -section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

Beschikbare modules

Meer dan 200 documenten in 50 talen zijn beschikbaar bij de Crosswire Bible Society. Hierin zijn -opgenomen: +section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

Beschikbare modules

Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the Crosswire Bible Society. These include:

Bijbels

The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is -the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.

Boeken

Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.

Boeken

Books available include "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", and "Josephus: The Complete Works"

Bijbelcommentaren

Commentaries available include classics like John Wesley's "Notes on the Bible", Matthew Henry's commentary and Luther's "Commentary on Galatians." With the Personal commentary you can record your own personal notes to diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index eb227bd..57601e6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -De Boekenplank Manager

De Boekenplank Manager
TerugHoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programmaVolgende

De Boekenplank Manager

The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your +De Boekenplank Manager

De Boekenplank Manager
TerugHoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programmaVolgende

De Boekenplank Manager

The Bookshelf Manager is a tool to manage your Bookshelf. You can install new works to your Bookshelf, and update or remove existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking Settings → Bookshelf Manager in the main menu.

Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)

Here you can specify where BibleTime may store your Bookshelf on the hard drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is @@ -7,10 +7,10 @@ disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start BibleTime, it will show all works on the CD if it is present.

Modules installeren/bijwerken

With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These -libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's online -repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You -can manage your libraries with Add library and -Delete library.

Om het proces van installeren of bijwerken te starten kiest u een +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library.

Om het proces van installeren of bijwerken te starten kiest u een bibliotheek waarmee u verbinding wilt zoeken en een lokaal bestandspad naar een Boekenplank om de module(s) naar toe te installeren. Klik dan op Verbinden met bibliotheek. BibleTime zal de inhoud diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html index b9ad447..21ac946 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Exporteren en Printen

Exporteren en Printen
TerugHoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programmaVolgende

Exporteren en Printen

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the +Exporteren en Printen

Exporteren en Printen
TerugHoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programmaVolgende

Exporteren en Printen

In many places, you can open a context menu by clicking with the right mouse button. Depending on context, it will allow you to Select, Copy (to clipboard), diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 930b2dd..eefb881 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster

Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
TerugHoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programmaVolgende

Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster

De Boekenplank

De Boekenplank laat alle genstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per +Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster

Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
TerugHoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programmaVolgende

Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster

De Boekenplank

De Boekenplank laat alle genstalleerde modules zien, gesorteerd per categorie en taal. Het heeft ook een categorie genaamd "Bladwijzers". Dit is de plaats waar u uw eigen bladwijzers kunt opslaan en openen.

Modules lezen

Om een module uit de boekenplank te openen om te lezen, kunt u simpelweg met de linker muisknop klikken op de gewenste @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. "Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the work. For additional information on locked works, please see this -page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Zoeken in modules

You can search in a work by clicking with the +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Zoeken in modules

You can search in a work by clicking with the right mouse button on its symbol and selecting "Search in work(s)". By pressing Shift and clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same @@ -56,10 +56,9 @@ that you can either control the placement of the read windows completely yourself, or have BibleTime handle the placement automatically. To achieve this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at Window → Arrangement -mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken

Om uw eigen commentaar over delen van de bijbel op te kunnen slaan, moet u -een bepaalde module uit de bibliotheek van de Crosswire Bible Society -installeren. Deze module heet "Personal commentary" (Persoonlijk -bijbelcommentaar).

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the +mode. Just try it out, it's simple and works.

Uw eigen bijbelcommentaar bewerken

To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the Crosswire Bible Society. This work is called "Personal +commentary".

If you open the personal commentary by clicking on its symbol in the Bookshelf with a left mouse button, it opens in read mode. You will not be able to edit it in this mode. Should you wish to write annotations into the personal commentary, you have to open it with the diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html index f4f9806..10af1a6 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Zoeken in modules

Zoeken in modules
TerugHoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programmaVolgende

Zoeken in modules

Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +Zoeken in modules

Zoeken in modules
TerugHoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programmaVolgende

Zoeken in modules

Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the right mouse button and selecting -Find..., or by using the hotkey CtrlF. Read on to learn how +Find..., or by using the shortcut CtrlF. Read on to learn how you can search in entire works.

De zoekdialoog benaderen

You can search in a work by clicking with the right mouse button on its symbol in the Bookshelf and selecting Search in @@ -17,17 +17,21 @@ multiple works, click on this button and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to search in.

Zoekbereiken gebruiken

You can narrow the scope of your search to certain parts of the Bible by selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in Search scope. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the -Setup ranges button.

Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht

Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will -return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all -the terms separate the terms by AND.

U kunt jokers gebruiken: '*' komt overeen met elke willekeurige reeks van -karakters, terwijl '?' overeenkomt met n willekeurig karakter. Het gebruik -van haakjes staat u toe om zoektermen te groeperen, bijv. '(Jezus OR Geest) -AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by -':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's -number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.

Beschikbare typen tekst: -

Tabel 3.1. Search Types

VoorvoegselBetekenis
Koptekst:doorzoekt kopteksten
voetnoot:doorzoekt voetnoten
strong:doorzoekt Strong-nummering
morph:doorzoekt morfologische codes


BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +Setup ranges button.

Introductie op de syntaxis van een eenvoudige zoekopdracht

Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. +

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.

Beschikbare typen tekst: +

Tabel 3.1. Search Types

VoorvoegselBetekenisExample
Koptekst:doorzoekt koptekstenheading:Jesus
voetnoot:doorzoekt voetnotenfootnote:Moses
strong:doorzoekt Strong-nummeringstrong:G535
morph:doorzoekt morfologische codesmorph:N-GSM


Tip

You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search.

BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: -http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Zoekresultaten

Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html.

Zoekresultaten

Here you can see how many instances of the search string were found, sorted by works. Clicking on a work with the right mouse button allows you to copy, save, or print all verses that were found in a certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html index 9736267..e1008df 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma

Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma

Inhoudsopgave

Programma overzicht
Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
De Boekenplank
Het Vergrootglas
Het Bureau
Zoeken in modules
Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster
De zoekdialoog benaderen
Configuratie van de zoekopdracht
Zoekresultaten
De Boekenplank Manager
Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)
Modules installeren/bijwerken
Module(s) verwijderen
Search Indexes
Exporteren en Printen

Programma overzicht

This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like: +Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma

Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 3. Werking van het programma

Inhoudsopgave

Programma overzicht
Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
De Boekenplank
Het Vergrootglas
Het Bureau
Zoeken in modules
Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster
De zoekdialoog benaderen
Configuratie van de zoekopdracht
Zoekresultaten
De Boekenplank Manager
Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)
Modules installeren/bijwerken
Module(s) verwijderen
Search Indexes
Exporteren en Printen

Programma overzicht

This is what a typical BibleTime session looks like:

The BibleTime application window

You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html deleted file mode 100644 index 8847cf1..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -Sneltoetsen index

Sneltoetsen index
TerugHoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing

Sneltoetsen index

This is index of all hotkeys and their corresponding description in the -handbook. The hotkeys are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to -directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look -at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the hotkey), or you -can look it up in this section.

SneltoetsBeschrijving
- AltLeft - Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters
- AltRight - Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters
- CtrlAltF - - Search → Search in default bible equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the -default bible.
- CtrlAltG - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-tile vertically equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. -
- CtrlAltH - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-tile horizontally equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
- CtrlAltJ - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Auto-cascade -equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.
- CtrlAltM - - Window → Arrangement -mode → Manual mode -equivalent; toggle manual window placement.
- CtrlAltS - - Window → Save as new session equivalent; saves current layout as new session.
- CtrlAltW - - Window → Close all - equivalent; closes all open windows.
- Ctrl- - Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.
- Ctrl+ - Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.
- CtrlA - Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters.
- CtrlC - Kopieren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord.
- CtrlF - Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster.
- CtrlG - - Window → Tile vertically equivalent. -
- CtrlH - - Window → Tile horizontally equivalent. -
- CtrlJ - - Window → Cascade - windows equivalent. -
- CtrlL - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
- CtrlN - Search with works of this window.
- CtrlO - - Search → Search in open work(s) equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all -currently opened works.
- CtrlQ - - File → Quit - equivalent; closes BibleTime.
- CtrlW - Sluit het huidige venster.
- F1 - - Help → Handbook equivalent; opens the handbook.
- F2 - - Help → BibleStudy -Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.
- F4 - - -Settings → Bookshelf -Manager equivalent; opens the Bookshelf -Manager.
- F8 - - View → Show Bookshelf equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.
- F9 - - View → Show mag - equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
TerugOmhoog
Works referenceBegin
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4bac4a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +Shortcuts index
Shortcuts index
TerugHoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing

Shortcuts index

This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section.

ShortcutBeschrijving
+ AltLeft + Gaat terug in de history van leesvensters
+ AltRight + Gaat vooruit in de history van leesvensters
+ CtrlAltF + + Search → Search in default bible equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in the +default bible.
+ CtrlAltG + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Auto-tile vertically equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling. +
+ CtrlAltH + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Auto-tile horizontally equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.
+ CtrlAltJ + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Auto-cascade +equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading.
+ CtrlAltM + + Window → Arrangement +mode → Manual mode +equivalent; toggle manual window placement.
+ CtrlAltS + + Window → Save as new session equivalent; saves current layout as new session.
+ CtrlAltW + + Window → Close all + equivalent; closes all open windows.
+ Ctrl- + Uitzoomen. Dit vermindert de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.
+ Ctrl+ + Inzoomen. Dit vergroot de lettergrootte van de leesvensters.
+ CtrlA + Selecteer alles. Dit selecteert alle tekst in de leesvensters.
+ CtrlC + Kopieren. Dit kopieert de geselecteerde tekst naar het klembord.
+ CtrlF + Zoeken. Dit laat u zoeken binnen de tekst van een leesvenster.
+ CtrlG + + Window → Tile vertically equivalent. +
+ CtrlH + + Window → Tile horizontally equivalent. +
+ CtrlJ + + Window → Cascade + windows equivalent. +
+ CtrlL + Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
+ CtrlN + Search with works of this window.
+ CtrlO + + Search → Search in open work(s) equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all +currently opened works.
+ CtrlQ + + File → Quit + equivalent; closes BibleTime.
+ CtrlW + Sluit het huidige venster.
+ F1 + + Help → Handbook equivalent; opens the handbook.
+ F2 + + Help → BibleStudy +Howto equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto.
+ F4 + + +Settings → Bookshelf +Manager equivalent; opens the Bookshelf +Manager.
+ F8 + + View → Show Bookshelf equivalent; toggles display of the Bookshelf.
+ F9 + + View → Show mag + equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass).
TerugOmhoog
Works referenceBegin
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html deleted file mode 100644 index ba16ab8..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-toolbar.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -Werkbalk verwijzingen
Werkbalk verwijzingen
PrevChapter5.VerwijzingNext

Werkbalk verwijzingen

Bekijk de vorige sectie voor een -uitleg over de knoppen die u vindt op de werkbalk. U kunt ook de -muisaanwijzer over een knop bewegen en enkele seconden wachten om -de tooltip met een korte beschrijving van een knop op te roepen.

U kunt de werkbalk aanpassen naar uw behoeften. Gebruik het volgende item in -het hoofdmenu: -

- - Settings → Configure toolbars -

Werkbalken configureren

Please see this -section for detailed instructions.

PrevUpNext
Chapter5.VerwijzingHomeSneltoetsen index
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 9363a0f..a6a0cc9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Works reference
Works reference
TerugHoofdstuk 5. VerwijzingVolgende

Works reference

+Works reference

Works reference
TerugHoofdstuk 5. VerwijzingVolgende

Works reference

In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open works.

@@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ works.

Select an additional glossary or devotional.

-

TerugOmhoogVolgende
Hoofdstuk 5. VerwijzingBeginSneltoetsen index
+

TerugOmhoogVolgende
Hoofdstuk 5. VerwijzingBeginShortcuts index
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html index 9d881ce..b0af377 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing

Inhoudsopgave

Hoofdmenu verwijzing
+Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 5. Verwijzing

Inhoudsopgave

Hoofdmenu verwijzing
File
View @@ -10,11 +10,12 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
Sneltoetsen index

Hoofdmenu verwijzing

In deze sectie kunt u gedetailleerde beschrijvingen vinden van alle items in -het hoofdmenu van BibleTime. Ze zijn in precies dezelfde volgorde -gerangschikt als ze voorkomen in BibleTime, met alle sub-items genoemd -onder het hoofd-item waartoe ze behoren. U kunt ook de sneltoets voor elk -item zien; een complete lijst van alle sneltoetsen kunt u vinden in deze sectie.

+

Works reference
Shortcuts index

Hoofdmenu verwijzing

In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of BibleTime. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +BibleTime, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this +section.

File

@@ -123,7 +124,7 @@ details.

< Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

- Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and + Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

Help

diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index eeb3d27..b91872a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Volgorde van opstartschermen
Volgorde van opstartschermen
TerugHoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstartenVolgende

Volgorde van opstartschermen

Wanneer BibleTime opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het +Volgorde van opstartschermen

Volgorde van opstartschermen
TerugHoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstartenVolgende

Volgorde van opstartschermen

Wanneer BibleTime opstart kun je de volgende schermen zien, voordat het hoofdvenster van BibleTime opent:

Bookshelf Manager

diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html index a3c19ed..dc2c80a 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten

Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten

Inhoudsopgave

Hoe u BibleTime opstart
BibleTime opstarten
Andere window managers
Aanpassing van het opstarten
Volgorde van opstartschermen

Hoe u BibleTime opstart

BibleTime opstarten

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You +Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten

Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten
TerugVolgende

Hoofdstuk 2. BibleTime opstarten

Inhoudsopgave

Hoe u BibleTime opstart
BibleTime opstarten
Aanpassing van het opstarten
Volgorde van opstartschermen

Hoe u BibleTime opstart

BibleTime opstarten

BibleTime is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You can launch BibleTime from the Start Menu with this icon:

BibleTime start icon

BibleTime can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch BibleTime, open a terminal window and type: - 

BibleTime

Andere window managers

BibleTime can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, -Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are -already installed on your computer.

Aanpassing van het opstarten

From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the -default bible: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible
-      "<random>"

To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.

TerugVolgende
Hoofdstuk 1. IntroductieBeginVolgorde van opstartschermen
+ 

bibletime

Aanpassing van het opstarten

From a terminal you can use BibleTime to open a random verse in the +default bible: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

+ To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "John 3:16"

+ You can also use booknames in your current bookname language.

TerugVolgende
Hoofdstuk 1. IntroductieBeginVolgorde van opstartschermen
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html index 17f1015..fe71c41 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Het BibleTime handboek
Het BibleTime handboek
Volgende

Het BibleTime handboek

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.3

Copyright 1999-2009 het BibleTime team

Het BibleTime handboek is onderdeel van BibleTime

Samenvatting

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

Inhoudsopgave

1. Introductie
About BibleTime
Beschikbare modules
Motivatie
2. BibleTime opstarten
Hoe u BibleTime opstart
BibleTime opstarten
Andere window managers
Aanpassing van het opstarten
Volgorde van opstartschermen
3. Werking van het programma
Programma overzicht
Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
De Boekenplank
Het Vergrootglas
Het Bureau
Zoeken in modules
Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster
De zoekdialoog benaderen
Configuratie van de zoekopdracht
Zoekresultaten
De Boekenplank Manager
Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)
Modules installeren/bijwerken
Module(s) verwijderen
Search Indexes
Exporteren en Printen
4. BibleTime configureren
Configure BibleTime Dialog
+Het BibleTime handboek
Het BibleTime handboek
Volgende

Het BibleTime handboek

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.4

Copyright 1999-2009 het BibleTime team

Het BibleTime handboek is onderdeel van BibleTime

Samenvatting

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

Inhoudsopgave

1. Introductie
About BibleTime
Beschikbare modules
Motivatie
2. BibleTime opstarten
Hoe u BibleTime opstart
BibleTime opstarten
Aanpassing van het opstarten
Volgorde van opstartschermen
3. Werking van het programma
Programma overzicht
Onderdelen van het BibleTime toepassingsvenster
De Boekenplank
Het Vergrootglas
Het Bureau
Zoeken in modules
Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster
De zoekdialoog benaderen
Configuratie van de zoekopdracht
Zoekresultaten
De Boekenplank Manager
Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)
Modules installeren/bijwerken
Module(s) verwijderen
Search Indexes
Exporteren en Printen
4. BibleTime configureren
Configure BibleTime Dialog
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts
5. Verwijzing
Hoofdmenu verwijzing
File
@@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
Sneltoetsen index

Lijst van tabellen

3.1. Search Types
4.1. Unicode lettertypen
Volgende
Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie
+
Works reference
Shortcuts index

Lijst van tabellen

3.1. Search Types
4.1. Unicode lettertypen
Volgende
Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook index 8392637..30fda22 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ que pode ser encontrado em Configuraes no menu principal.Configuraes Configurar &bibletime;. + <guimenu>Display</guimenu> @@ -23,6 +24,21 @@ opes: modelos internos disponveis. Se voc escolher um, ir ver uma pr-visualizao no painel direito.</para> </sect2> + + <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> + <title> + <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> + + Many features provided by the &sword; backend can now be customized in +&bibletime;. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text. + + <guimenu>Languages</guimenu> @@ -125,7 +141,8 @@ caracteres.</entry> <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS"> Crosswire's font directory</ulink> </entry> - <entry>Vrias fontes disponveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</entry> + + <entry>Several fonts available from the &cbs; FTP site.</entry> </row> <row> <entry> @@ -156,29 +173,25 @@ url="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html">Faixas de caracteres Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</ulink>).</para> </sect3> </sect2> - <sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk"> - <title> - <guimenu>Desk</guimenu> - - Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser -personalizados no &bibletime;. Esses recursos esto documentados no prprio -dilogo. Voc tambm tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padres que devem -ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa -referncia. Um exemplo: a Bblia padro usada para mostrar o contedo de -referncias cruzadas na Bblia. Quando voc passar por cima delas, a lupa vai -mostrar o contedo dos vesculos referidos, de acordo com a Bblia padro que -voc especificou. - - + + - <guimenu>HotKeys</guimenu> + <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu> - Teclas de atalho so comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no -lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vrios comandos do &bibletime; tm teclas de -atalho pr-definidas (veja esta -seo para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do -&bibletime; pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para -acessar rapidamente as funes que voc mais usa. + + Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of &bibletime;'s +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of &bibletime;'s commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most. + + + + + + In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2. diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook index bfd36f9..c6b1482 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook @@ -2,34 +2,34 @@ Introduo Sobre &bibletime; - &bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo bblico com suporte para diferentes -tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de obras so simples de -instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca Sword, que prov a -funcionalidade de back-end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto -bblico, pesquisar, etc. Sword o carro-chefe da Crosswire Bible Society. - &bibletime; foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos -formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informaes completas sobre os -formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na seo -dedesenvolvimento do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society. + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the &sword; library, which provides +the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product of the &cbs;. + + &bibletime; is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the &sword; project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the developers +section of the &sword; Project, &cbs;. Obras disponveis - Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponveis da Crosswire Bible Society. Esto -inclusos: + Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the &cbs;. These include: Bblias - O texto completo da Bblia, com itens opcionais como os nmeros Strong, -cabealhos e/ou rodaps no texto. Bblias esto disponveis em muitos idiomas, e -incluem no somente verses modernas, mas tambm textos antigos como o Codex -Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", grego). Essa a -seo mais avanada na biblioteca do projeto Sword. + The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the &sword; project. diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook index 9e04036..9a25b39 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook @@ -53,15 +53,15 @@ ele vai para o local desejado. Informao adicional sobre obras - Se voc clicar com o boto direito do mouse -nosmbolo de uma obra, voc ver um menu com opes adicionais relevantes para -essa obra. "Sobre essa obra" abre uma janela com -vrias informaes interessantes sobre a obra -selecionada. "Destravar essa obra" abre um -pequeno dilogo para documentos criptografados, onde voc pode colocar a chave -de liberao para acessar a obra. Para mais informaes sobre obras travadas, -veja -essa pgina no site da Crosswire Bible Society. + If you click with the right mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see this +page on the &cbs; web site. @@ -141,10 +141,11 @@ um dos modos de posicionamento automtico disponveis em Editando seu prprio comentrio - Para poder armazenar seus prprios comentrios sobre partes da Bblia, voc -precisa instalar uma certa obra da biblioteca da Crosswire Bible Society. Essa obra -chama-se "Comentrio pessoal". + + To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the &cbs;. This work is called "Personal +commentary". Se voc abrir o comentrio pessoal clicando no seu smbolo na Estante com o boto esquerdo do mouse, ele abre em modo de @@ -173,13 +174,13 @@ versculo ser inserido. Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta - Voc pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o -captulo da bblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que est acostumado em -outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o boto -direito do mouse e selecionando -Procurar..., ou usando a tecla de atalho &Ctrl;F. Continue lendo para -aprender como voc pode procura em obras inteiras. + You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +right mouse button and selecting +Find..., or by using the shortcut &Ctrl;F. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works. @@ -224,53 +225,74 @@ selecionando um dos escopos pr-definidos da lista em Escopo de busca. Voc pode definir suas prprias faixas de busca clicando no boto Configurar faixas. + Introduo Sintaxe Bsica de Busca - Coloque os termos de busca separados por espaos. Por padro, a funo de busca -vai retornar resultados que coincidam com qualquer um dos termos de busca -(OR). Para buscar por todos os termos, separe-os por AND. - Voc pode usar caracteres curinga: '*' coincide com qualquer sequncia de -caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um nico caractere qualquer. O uso de -parnteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) -AND Deus'. - Para buscar texto que no seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto -seguido de ':', e ento o termo de busca. Por exemplo, para procurar pelo -nmero Strong H8077, use 'strong:H8077'. + + Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. + + + You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'. + + To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples. + Tipos de texto disponveis: Tipos de Busca - + Prefixo Significado + Example heading: busca em cabealhos + heading:Jesus footnote: busca em rodaps + footnote:Moses strong: busca em Nmeros Strong + strong:G535 morph: busca em cdigos morfolgicos + morph:N-GSM
- &bibletime; usa o mdulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele -tem muitos recursos avanados, e voc pode ler mais sobre ele aqui: http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html + + + You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search. + + + &bibletime; uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html. + Resultados de busca Aqui voc pode ver quantas instncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, @@ -329,12 +351,12 @@ para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando voc iniciar o Instalar/atualizar obra(s) - Com esse recurso, voc pode conectar a um repositrio de obras (chamado -"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas -bibliotecas podem ser locais (e.g. um CD do Sword), ou remota (e.g. o -repositrio online da Crosswire de mdulos Sword, ou outro site oferecendo -mdulos Sword). Voc pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com Adicionar -biblioteca e Excluir biblioteca. + With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of &sword; modules, or another site offering &sword; +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library. Para comear o processo de instalao ou atualizao, selecione uma biblioteca qual voc queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) obra(s). Ento clique em Conectar diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook index 8132bbb..cea402f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ Referncia Referncia do menu principal - Nessa seo voc pode encontrar descries detalhadas de todos os itens do menu -principal do &bibletime;. Eles so apresentados na mesma ordem em que -aparecem no &bibletime;, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual -eles pertencem. Voc tambm pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma -listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada nessa seo. + In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of &bibletime;. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +&bibletime;, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this +section. <guimenu>File</guimenu> @@ -425,9 +425,9 @@ seo</link> para detalhes.</para> </term> <listitem> <para> - <action>Abre um dilogo onde voc pode mudar sua configurao do Sword e -gerenciar sua Estante</action>. Por favor veja <link -linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">essa seo</link> para detalhes.</para> + <action>Opens a dialog where you can change your &sword; configuration and +manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link +linkend="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager">this section</link> for details.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> @@ -795,21 +795,21 @@ works. </sect2> </sect1> - <sect1 id="hdbk-reference-hotkeys"> - <title>ndice de teclas de atalho - Esse o ndice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descries correspondentes -no livro de mo. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) -alfabeticamente. Se voc deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um -menu tem, voc pode olhar no item em si no &bibletime; (pois ele sempre -mostra a tecla de atalho), ou voc pode olhar nessa seo. + + Shortcuts index + This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section. - + - Tecla de atalho + Shortcut Descrio diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook index 0c9058e..2732102 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook @@ -1,7 +1,9 @@ Iniciando &bibletime; + Como iniciar o &bibletime; + Iniciando &bibletime; &bibletime; um arquivo executvel integrado ao desktop. Voc pode iniciaro @@ -14,25 +16,23 @@ cone do &bibletime; + &bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um terminal de prompt de comando. Para iniciar o &bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: - &bibletime; - - - Outros gerenciadores de janelas - &bibletime; pode ser usado com outros gerenciadores de janelas como Gnome, -Blackbox, Fluxbox, OpenBox ou Sawfish, contanto que as bibliotecas base -apropriadas j estejam instaladas no seu computador. + bibletime + Personalizao de incio De um terminal voc pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versculo aleatrio -na bblia padro: - bibletime --open-default-bible - "<random>"Para abrir numa passagem como Joo 3:16, use: - bibletime --open-default-bible "Joo 3:16"Voc tambm pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual. +na bblia padro: + bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>" + Para abrir numa passagem como Joo 3:16, use: + bibletime --open-default-bible "Joo 3:16" + Voc tambm pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual. + Sequncia de incio Ao iniciar o &bibletime;, voc pode ver as seguintes telas antes da janela diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook index 636eade..9348385 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ [ BibleTime'> Sword'> + Crosswire Bible Society'> KDE'> Qt'> @@ -47,13 +48,13 @@ O livro de mo do &bibletime; parte do &bibletime;. - 2009-09 - 2.3 + 2009-10 + 2.4 - &bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword. + &bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; framework. - QT4 + Qt4 bibletime sword crosswire diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html index 406a77f..198646d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-config.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Captulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
Captulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 4. Configurando BibleTime

ndice

Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime
+Captulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
Captulo 4. Configurando BibleTime
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 4. Configurando BibleTime

ndice

Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts

Nessa seo voc vai encontrar uma viso geral de como configurar o BibleTime, que pode ser encontrado em Configuraes no menu principal.

Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime

A interface de usurio do BibleTime pode ser personalizada de vrias maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Voc pode acessar o dilogo de @@ -15,7 +15,16 @@ configurao selecionando Configuraes

  • Mostrar logo de inicializao

Modelos de exibio definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). H vrios modelos internos disponveis. Se voc escolher um, ir ver uma pr-visualizao no -painel direito.

+painel direito.

+ Desk +

Many features provided by the Sword backend can now be customized in +BibleTime. These features are documented right in the dialog. You also +have the possibility to specify standard works that should be used when no +specific work is specified in a reference. An example: The standard Bible +is used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you +hover over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, +according to the standard Bible you specified. With the use of text +filters, you can control the appearance of the text.

Languages

Aqui voc pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros bblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponvel, e voc se sentir em @@ -50,7 +59,7 @@ caracteres. Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita. Crosswire's font directory - Vrias fontes disponveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society. + Several fonts available from the Crosswire Bible Society FTP site. Bitstream CyberBit Cobre quase toda a gama do Unicode, mas pode fazer o BibleTime ficar lento @@ -60,20 +69,11 @@ por causa do seu tamanho.ClearlyuIncluda em algumas d Cobertura parcial, ver informaes no site linkado.


Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph Singer (Fontes TrueType UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet), ou a por Alan Wood (Faixas de caracteres -Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam).

- Desk -

Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser -personalizados no BibleTime. Esses recursos esto documentados no prprio -dilogo. Voc tambm tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padres que devem -ser usadas quando nenhuma obra em particular especificada numa -referncia. Um exemplo: a Bblia padro usada para mostrar o contedo de -referncias cruzadas na Bblia. Quando voc passar por cima delas, a lupa vai -mostrar o contedo dos vesculos referidos, de acordo com a Bblia padro que -voc especificou.

- HotKeys -

Teclas de atalho so comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no -lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vrios comandos do BibleTime tm teclas de -atalho pr-definidas (veja esta -seo para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do -BibleTime pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para -acessar rapidamente as funes que voc mais usa.

AnteriorPrxima
Exportando e ImprimindoPrincipalCaptulo 5. Referncia
+Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam).

+ Shortcuts +

Shortcuts (previously known as HotKeys) are special key commands that can be +used in the place of the menu items and icons. A number of BibleTime's +commands have predefined Shortcuts (see this section for a complete +listing). Most of BibleTime's commands can be assigned Shortcuts. This is +very helpful to quickly access the functions that you need the most.

In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study Howto has a secondary shortcut +defined, CTRL+2.

AnteriorPrxima
Exportando e ImprimindoPrincipalCaptulo 5. Referncia
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html index 1134517..5446301 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-intro.html @@ -1,17 +1,16 @@ -Captulo 1. Introduo
Captulo 1. Introduo
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 1. Introduo

ndice

Sobre BibleTime
Obras disponveis
Motivao

Sobre BibleTime

BibleTime uma ferramenta de estudo bblico com suporte para diferentes -tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de obras so simples de -instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca Sword, que prov a -funcionalidade de back-end para o BibleTime, tal como visualizar texto -bblico, pesquisar, etc. Sword o carro-chefe da Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos -formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informaes completas sobre os -formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na seo -dedesenvolvimento do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.

Obras disponveis

Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponveis da Crosswire Bible Society. Esto -inclusos: -

Bblias

O texto completo da Bblia, com itens opcionais como os nmeros Strong, -cabealhos e/ou rodaps no texto. Bblias esto disponveis em muitos idiomas, e -incluem no somente verses modernas, mas tambm textos antigos como o Codex -Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX", grego). Essa a -seo mais avanada na biblioteca do projeto Sword.

Livros

Livros disponveis incluindo "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", e +Captulo 1. Introduo

Captulo 1. Introduo
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 1. Introduo

ndice

Sobre BibleTime
Obras disponveis
Motivao

Sobre BibleTime

BibleTime is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts +and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and +manage. It is built on the Sword library, which provides +the back-end functionality for BibleTime, such as viewing Bible text, +searching etc. Sword is the flagship product of the Crosswire Bible Society.

BibleTime is designed to be used with works encoded in one of the formats +supported by the Sword project. Complete information on the supported +document formats can be found in the developers +section of the Sword Project, Crosswire Bible Society.

Obras disponveis

Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the Crosswire Bible Society. These include: +

Bblias

The full Bible text, with optional things like Strong's Numbers, headings +and/or footnotes in the text. Bibles are available in many languages, and +include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex +Leningradensis ("WLC", Hebrew), and the Septuagint ("LXX", Greek). This is +the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project.

Livros

Livros disponveis incluindo "Imitation of Christ", "Enuma Elish", e "Josephus: The Complete Works" (em ingls)

Comentrios

Comentrios disponveis incluindo clssicos como "Notas sobre a Bblia" de John Wesley, o comentrio de Matthew Henry e o "Comentrio sobre Glatas" de Lutero. Com o comentrio pessoal voc pode gravar suas prprias notas pessoas diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html index f65fea7..e276336 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -O Gerenciador da Estante

O Gerenciador da Estante
AnteriorCaptulo 3. Operao do programaPrxima

O Gerenciador da Estante

O Gerenciador da Estante uma ferramenta para +O Gerenciador da Estante

O Gerenciador da Estante
AnteriorCaptulo 3. Operao do programaPrxima

O Gerenciador da Estante

O Gerenciador da Estante uma ferramenta para gerenciar sua Estante. Voc pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em Configuraes → Gerenciador da @@ -7,12 +7,12 @@ disco rdigo. Voc pode at armazenar em mltiplos diretrios. O padro "~/.sword/".

Dica

Se voc tem um CD do Sword, mas no quer instalar todas as obras no disco rgido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, ento voc pode adicionar o caminho para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando voc iniciar o -BibleTime, ele mostrar todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.

Instalar/atualizar obra(s)

Com esse recurso, voc pode conectar a um repositrio de obras (chamado -"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas -bibliotecas podem ser locais (e.g. um CD do Sword), ou remota (e.g. o -repositrio online da Crosswire de mdulos Sword, ou outro site oferecendo -mdulos Sword). Voc pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com Adicionar -biblioteca e Excluir biblioteca.

Para comear o processo de instalao ou atualizao, selecione uma biblioteca +BibleTime, ele mostrar todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.

Instalar/atualizar obra(s)

With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called +"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These +libraries may be local (e.g. a Sword CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's +online repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword +modules). You can manage your libraries with Add +library and Delete library.

Para comear o processo de instalao ou atualizao, selecione uma biblioteca qual voc queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para instalar a(s) obra(s). Ento clique em Conectar biblioteca. BibleTime ir varrer o contedo da biblioteca e diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html index f85529b..3d62b3f 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-output.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Exportando e Imprimindo

Exportando e Imprimindo
AnteriorCaptulo 3. Operao do programaPrxima

Exportando e Imprimindo

Em muitos lugares, voc pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o boto +Exportando e Imprimindo

Exportando e Imprimindo
AnteriorCaptulo 3. Operao do programaPrxima

Exportando e Imprimindo

Em muitos lugares, voc pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o boto direito do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele permitir a voc Selecionar, Copiar (para a rea de transferncia), diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html index 4a8eba1..3def571 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-parts.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime

Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
AnteriorCaptulo 3. Operao do programaPrxima

Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime

A Estante de Livros

A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por +Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime

Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
AnteriorCaptulo 3. Operao do programaPrxima

Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime

A Estante de Livros

A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por categoria e idioma. Ela tambm tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui onde voc pode armazenar e acessar seus prprios marcadores.

Lendo obras

Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o boto esquerdo do mouse na categoria desejada @@ -10,15 +10,14 @@ esquerdo do mouse na referncia do versculo/passagem (o cursor muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a Estante. Solte-o na obra que voc quer abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura no local especificado. Voc tambm pode arrastar uma referncia de versculo para uma janela de leitura j existente, e -ele vai para o local desejado.

Informao adicional sobre obras

Se voc clicar com o boto direito do mouse -nosmbolo de uma obra, voc ver um menu com opes adicionais relevantes para -essa obra. "Sobre essa obra" abre uma janela com -vrias informaes interessantes sobre a obra -selecionada. "Destravar essa obra" abre um -pequeno dilogo para documentos criptografados, onde voc pode colocar a chave -de liberao para acessar a obra. Para mais informaes sobre obras travadas, -veja -essa pgina no site da Crosswire Bible Society.

Buscando em obras

Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +ele vai para o local desejado.

Informao adicional sobre obras

If you click with the right mouse button on the +symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are +relevant for this work. "About this work" opens +a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work. +"Unlock this work" opens a small dialog for +encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the +work. For additional information on locked works, please see this +page on the Crosswire Bible Society web site.

Buscando em obras

Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto direito do mouse no seu smbolo e selecionando "Buscar em obra(s)". Pressionando Shift eclicando em outras obras, voc pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga o @@ -54,9 +53,9 @@ de posicionar as janelas de leitura na mesa. Por favor, veja o item Janela no menu principal. Ali voc pode ver que voc pode tanto controlar o posicionamento das janelas de leitura voc mesmo, ou fazer com que o BibleTime faa isso por voc. Para fazer isso, voc deve selecionar -um dos modos de posicionamento automtico disponveis emJanela → Modo de posicionamento. Experimente, simples e funciona.

Editando seu prprio comentrio

Para poder armazenar seus prprios comentrios sobre partes da Bblia, voc -precisa instalar uma certa obra da biblioteca da Crosswire Bible Society. Essa obra -chama-se "Comentrio pessoal".

Se voc abrir o comentrio pessoal clicando no seu smbolo na Estante com o +um dos modos de posicionamento automtico disponveis emJanela → Modo de posicionamento. Experimente, simples e funciona.

Editando seu prprio comentrio

To be able to store your own comments about parts of the Bible, you have +install a certain work from the library of the Crosswire Bible Society. This work is called "Personal +commentary".

Se voc abrir o comentrio pessoal clicando no seu smbolo na Estante com o boto esquerdo do mouse, ele abre em modo de leitura. Voc no poder edit-lo nesse modo. Se deseja escrever anotaes no comentrio pessoal, voc deve abri-lo com o boto diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html index 80717ef..248b3ee 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op-search.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -Buscando em obras

Buscando em obras
AnteriorCaptulo 3. Operao do programaPrxima

Buscando em obras

Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta

Voc pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o -captulo da bblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que est acostumado em -outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o boto -direito do mouse e selecionando -Procurar..., ou usando a tecla de atalhoCtrlF. Continue lendo para -aprender como voc pode procura em obras inteiras.

Acessando o dilogo de busca

Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto +Buscando em obras

Buscando em obras
AnteriorCaptulo 3. Operao do programaPrxima

Buscando em obras

Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta

You can look for a word or phrase in the open read window (e.g. the chapter +of a bible that you're reading) just like you are used to from other +programs. This function can be reached either by clicking with the +right mouse button and selecting +Find..., or by using the shortcut CtrlF. Read on to learn how +you can search in entire works.

Acessando o dilogo de busca

Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto direito do mouse em seu smbolo na Estante e selecionando Buscar na(s)obra(s). Segurando Shift ou Ctrl e clicando em outros @@ -17,16 +17,21 @@ oferecido um menu onde voc pode selecionar as obras nas quais deseja procurar.

Usando Escopos de Busca

Voc pode restringir o escopo da sua busca a certas partes da Bblia selecionando um dos escopos pr-definidos da lista em Escopo de busca. Voc pode definir suas prprias faixas de busca clicando no -boto Configurar faixas.

Introduo Sintaxe Bsica de Busca

Coloque os termos de busca separados por espaos. Por padro, a funo de busca -vai retornar resultados que coincidam com qualquer um dos termos de busca -(OR). Para buscar por todos os termos, separe-os por AND.

Voc pode usar caracteres curinga: '*' coincide com qualquer sequncia de -caracteres, enquanto '?' coincide com um nico caractere qualquer. O uso de -parnteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito) -AND Deus'.

Para buscar texto que no seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto -seguido de ':', e ento o termo de busca. Por exemplo, para procurar pelo -nmero Strong H8077, use 'strong:H8077'.

Tipos de texto disponveis: -

Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca

PrefixoSignificado
heading:busca em cabealhos
footnote:busca em rodaps
strong:busca em Nmeros Strong
morph:busca em cdigos morfolgicos


BibleTime usa o mdulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele -tem muitos recursos avanados, e voc pode ler mais sobre ele aqui: http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html

Resultados de busca

Aqui voc pode ver quantas instncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, +boto Configurar faixas.

Introduo Sintaxe Bsica de Busca

Enter the search phrase separated by spaces. By default the search function +will return results that match all the words. If you want to find any of +the words entered, select the Some words button. If you +want to perform a more complex search, select the Free +button. You can see examples of searches by clicking on full +syntax. +

You can use wildcards: '*' matches any number of characters, while '?' will +match any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your +search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'.

To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by +':', and then the search term. Refer to the table below for examples.

Tipos de texto disponveis: +

Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca

PrefixoSignificadoExample
heading:busca em cabealhosheading:Jesus
footnote:busca em rodapsfootnote:Moses
strong:busca em Nmeros Strongstrong:G535
morph:busca em cdigos morfolgicosmorph:N-GSM


Dica

You can right click on an installed work and select About +to find which of the above search criteria may work for you. Not all works +have the built in features for performing this type of search.

BibleTime uses the Lucene search engine to perform your searches. It has +many advanced features, and you can read more about it here: +http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html.

Resultados de busca

Aqui voc pode ver quantas instncias do termo de busca foram encontradas, classificadas por obras. Clicando numa obra com o boto direito do mouse permite voc copiar, salvar ou imprimir todos os versculos encontrados numa obra de uma vez s. Isso tambm diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html index 847dc17..0eb2f18 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-op.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Captulo 3. Operao do programa

Captulo 3. Operao do programa
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 3. Operao do programa

ndice

Viso geral do programa
Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
A Estante de Livros
A Lupa
A Mesa
Buscando em obras
Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
Acessando o dilogo de busca
Configurao de pesquisa
Resultados de busca
O Gerenciador da Estante
Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
Remover obra(s)
ndices de pesquisa
Exportando e Imprimindo

Viso geral do programa

assim que parece uma tpica sesso do BibleTime: +Captulo 3. Operao do programa

Captulo 3. Operao do programa
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 3. Operao do programa

ndice

Viso geral do programa
Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
A Estante de Livros
A Lupa
A Mesa
Buscando em obras
Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
Acessando o dilogo de busca
Configurao de pesquisa
Resultados de busca
O Gerenciador da Estante
Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
Remover obra(s)
ndices de pesquisa
Exportando e Imprimindo

Viso geral do programa

assim que parece uma tpica sesso do BibleTime:

A janela de aplicao do BibleTime

Voc pode facilmente ver diferentes partes da aplicao. A janela superior esquerda usada para abrir obras instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html deleted file mode 100644 index 4837128..0000000 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -ndice de teclas de atalho

ndice de teclas de atalho
AnteriorCaptulo 5. Referncia

ndice de teclas de atalho

Esse o ndice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descries correspondentes -no livro de mo. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou menos) -alfabeticamente. Se voc deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de atalho um -menu tem, voc pode olhar no item em si no BibleTime (pois ele sempre -mostra a tecla de atalho), ou voc pode olhar nessa seo.

Tecla de atalhoDescrio
- AltLeft - Volta no histrico das janelas de leitura.
- AltRight - Avana no histrico das janelas de leitura.
- CtrlAltF - - Procurar → Procurar na bblia -padro equivalente; abre o dilogo de -busca para procurar na bblia padro.
- CtrlAltG - - Janela → Modo de -posicionamento → Auto-dividir -verticalmente equivalente; alterna diviso -automtica de janelas. -
- CtrlAltH - - Janela → Modo de -posicionamento → Auto-dividir -horizontalmente equivalente; alterna diviso -automtica de janelas.
- CtrlAltJ - - Janela → Modo de posicionamento - → Auto-cascata -equivalente; alterna cascateamento automtico de janelas.
- CtrlAltM - - Janela → Modo de -posicionamento → Modo manual equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.
- CtrlAltS - - Janela → Salvar como nova sesso equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sesso.
- CtrlAltW - - Janela → Fechar tudo equivalente; fecha todas as janelas abertas.
- Ctrl- - Diminuir zoom. Diminui o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.
- Ctrl+ - Aumentar zoom. Aumenta o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.
- CtrlA - Selecionar tudo. Seleciona todo o texto na janela de leitura.
- CtrlC - Copiar. Copia o texto selecionado para a rea de transferncia.
- CtrlF - Procurar. Permite a voc buscar no texto de uma janela de leitura.
- CtrlG - - Janela → Dividir verticalmente equivalente. -
- CtrlH - - Janela → Dividir horizontalmente equivalente. -
- CtrlJ - - Janela → Cascata - equivalente a janelas. -
- CtrlL - Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
- CtrlN - Search with works of this window.
- CtrlO - - Procurar → Procurar nas obras -abertas equivalente; abre o dilogo de -busca para procurar em todas as obras abertas.
- CtrlQ - - Arquivo → Sair - equivalente; fecha o BibleTime.
- CtrlW - Fecha a janela atual.
- F1 - - Ajuda → Livro de mo equivalente; abre o livro de mo.
- F2 - - Ajuda → BibleStudy -Howto equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo -Bblico.
- F4 - - -Configuraes → Gerenciador da -Estante equivalente; abre o Gerenciador -da Estante.
- F8 - - Exibir → Mostrar Estante equivalente; alterna exibio da Estante.
- F9 - - Exibir → Mostrar lupa equivalente; alterna exibio da lupa.
AnteriorAcima
Works referencePrincipal
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0eebfff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +Shortcuts index
Shortcuts index
AnteriorCaptulo 5. Referncia

Shortcuts index

This is index of all shortcuts and their corresponding description in the +handbook. The shortcuts are sorted (roughly) alphabetical. If you want to +directly find out which shortcuts a certain menu item has, you can either +look at the entry itself in BibleTime (as it always shows the shortcut), +or you can look it up in this +section.

ShortcutDescrio
+ AltLeft + Volta no histrico das janelas de leitura.
+ AltRight + Avana no histrico das janelas de leitura.
+ CtrlAltF + + Procurar → Procurar na bblia +padro equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar na bblia padro.
+ CtrlAltG + + Janela → Modo de +posicionamento → Auto-dividir +verticalmente equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas. +
+ CtrlAltH + + Janela → Modo de +posicionamento → Auto-dividir +horizontalmente equivalente; alterna diviso +automtica de janelas.
+ CtrlAltJ + + Janela → Modo de posicionamento + → Auto-cascata +equivalente; alterna cascateamento automtico de janelas.
+ CtrlAltM + + Janela → Modo de +posicionamento → Modo manual equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.
+ CtrlAltS + + Janela → Salvar como nova sesso equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sesso.
+ CtrlAltW + + Janela → Fechar tudo equivalente; fecha todas as janelas abertas.
+ Ctrl- + Diminuir zoom. Diminui o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.
+ Ctrl+ + Aumentar zoom. Aumenta o tamanho da fonte das janelas de leitura.
+ CtrlA + Selecionar tudo. Seleciona todo o texto na janela de leitura.
+ CtrlC + Copiar. Copia o texto selecionado para a rea de transferncia.
+ CtrlF + Procurar. Permite a voc buscar no texto de uma janela de leitura.
+ CtrlG + + Janela → Dividir verticalmente equivalente. +
+ CtrlH + + Janela → Dividir horizontalmente equivalente. +
+ CtrlJ + + Janela → Cascata + equivalente a janelas. +
+ CtrlL + Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.
+ CtrlN + Search with works of this window.
+ CtrlO + + Procurar → Procurar nas obras +abertas equivalente; abre o dilogo de +busca para procurar em todas as obras abertas.
+ CtrlQ + + Arquivo → Sair + equivalente; fecha o BibleTime.
+ CtrlW + Fecha a janela atual.
+ F1 + + Ajuda → Livro de mo equivalente; abre o livro de mo.
+ F2 + + Ajuda → BibleStudy +Howto equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo +Bblico.
+ F4 + + +Configuraes → Gerenciador da +Estante equivalente; abre o Gerenciador +da Estante.
+ F8 + + Exibir → Mostrar Estante equivalente; alterna exibio da Estante.
+ F9 + + Exibir → Mostrar lupa equivalente; alterna exibio da lupa.
AnteriorAcima
Works referencePrincipal
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html index 564f920..876e600 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-works.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Works reference
Works reference
AnteriorCaptulo 5. RefernciaPrxima

Works reference

+Works reference

Works reference
AnteriorCaptulo 5. RefernciaPrxima

Works reference

In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open works.

@@ -85,4 +85,4 @@ works.

Select an additional glossary or devotional.

-

AnteriorAcimaPrxima
Captulo 5. RefernciaPrincipalndice de teclas de atalho
+

AnteriorAcimaPrxima
Captulo 5. RefernciaPrincipalShortcuts index
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html index 05496f5..3af1ec9 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Captulo 5. Referncia
Captulo 5. Referncia
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 5. Referncia

ndice

Referncia do menu principal
+Captulo 5. Referncia
Captulo 5. Referncia
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 5. Referncia

ndice

Referncia do menu principal
File
View @@ -10,11 +10,12 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
ndice de teclas de atalho

Referncia do menu principal

Nessa seo voc pode encontrar descries detalhadas de todos os itens do menu -principal do BibleTime. Eles so apresentados na mesma ordem em que -aparecem no BibleTime, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual -eles pertencem. Voc tambm pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma -listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada nessa seo.

+

Works reference
Shortcuts index

Referncia do menu principal

In this section you can find detailed descriptions of all entries in the +main menu of BibleTime. They are ordered in just the way they appear in +BibleTime, with all the sub-items listed under the major menu item they +belong to. You can also see the shortcut of each item;a complete listing of +all shortcuts can be found in this +section.

File

@@ -122,8 +123,8 @@ seo para detalhes.

Settings → Bookshelf Manager (F4)

- Abre um dilogo onde voc pode mudar sua configurao do Sword e -gerenciar sua Estante. Por favor veja essa seo para detalhes.

+ Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and +manage your bookshelf. Please see this section for details.

Help

diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html index 7e0e8ae..cfe40f3 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-startsequence.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Sequncia de incio
Sequncia de incio
AnteriorCaptulo 2. Iniciando BibleTimePrxima

Sequncia de incio

Ao iniciar o BibleTime, voc pode ver as seguintes telas antes da janela +Sequncia de incio

Sequncia de incio
AnteriorCaptulo 2. Iniciando BibleTimePrxima

Sequncia de incio

Ao iniciar o BibleTime, voc pode ver as seguintes telas antes da janela principal do BibleTime abrir:

Bookshelf Manager

diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html index 6f79a71..7b1263d 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-term.html @@ -1,11 +1,10 @@ -Captulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime

Captulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime

ndice

Como iniciar o BibleTime
Iniciando BibleTime
Outros gerenciadores de janelas
Personalizao de incio
Sequncia de incio

Como iniciar o BibleTime

Iniciando BibleTime

BibleTime um arquivo executvel integrado ao desktop. Voc pode iniciaro +Captulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime

Captulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime
AnteriorPrxima

Captulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime

ndice

Como iniciar o BibleTime
Iniciando BibleTime
Personalizao de incio
Sequncia de incio

Como iniciar o BibleTime

Iniciando BibleTime

BibleTime um arquivo executvel integrado ao desktop. Voc pode iniciaro BibleTime do menu de incio com esse cone:

cone do BibleTime

BibleTime pode ser iniciado de um terminal de prompt de comando. Para iniciar o BibleTime, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: - 

BibleTime

Outros gerenciadores de janelas

BibleTime pode ser usado com outros gerenciadores de janelas como Gnome, -Blackbox, Fluxbox, OpenBox ou Sawfish, contanto que as bibliotecas base -apropriadas j estejam instaladas no seu computador.

Personalizao de incio

De um terminal voc pode usar o BibleTime para abrir um versculo aleatrio -na bblia padro: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible
-      "<random>"

Para abrir numa passagem como Joo 3:16, use: - 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Joo 3:16"

Voc tambm pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual.

AnteriorPrxima
Captulo 1. IntroduoPrincipalSequncia de incio
+ 

bibletime

Personalizao de incio

De um terminal voc pode usar o BibleTime para abrir um versculo aleatrio +na bblia padro: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"

+ Para abrir numa passagem como Joo 3:16, use: + 

bibletime --open-default-bible "Joo 3:16"

+ Voc tambm pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual.

AnteriorPrxima
Captulo 1. IntroduoPrincipalSequncia de incio
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html index e480cf5..ebb82ad 100644 --- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html +++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -O livro de mo do BibleTime
O livro de mo do BibleTime
Prxima

O livro de mo do BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.3

Copyright 1999-2009 a equipe BibleTime

O livro de mo do BibleTime parte do BibleTime.

Resumo

BibleTime uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.

ndice

1. Introduo
Sobre BibleTime
Obras disponveis
Motivao
2. Iniciando BibleTime
Como iniciar o BibleTime
Iniciando BibleTime
Outros gerenciadores de janelas
Personalizao de incio
Sequncia de incio
3. Operao do programa
Viso geral do programa
Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
A Estante de Livros
A Lupa
A Mesa
Buscando em obras
Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
Acessando o dilogo de busca
Configurao de pesquisa
Resultados de busca
O Gerenciador da Estante
Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
Remover obra(s)
ndices de pesquisa
Exportando e Imprimindo
4. Configurando BibleTime
Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime
+O livro de mo do BibleTime
O livro de mo do BibleTime
Prxima

O livro de mo do BibleTime

Fred Saalbach

Jeffrey Hoyt

Martin Gruner

Thomas Abthorpe

2.4

Copyright 1999-2009 a equipe BibleTime

O livro de mo do BibleTime parte do BibleTime.

Resumo

BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.

ndice

1. Introduo
Sobre BibleTime
Obras disponveis
Motivao
2. Iniciando BibleTime
Como iniciar o BibleTime
Iniciando BibleTime
Personalizao de incio
Sequncia de incio
3. Operao do programa
Viso geral do programa
Partes da janela de aplicao do BibleTime
A Estante de Livros
A Lupa
A Mesa
Buscando em obras
Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta
Acessando o dilogo de busca
Configurao de pesquisa
Resultados de busca
O Gerenciador da Estante
Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante
Instalar/atualizar obra(s)
Remover obra(s)
ndices de pesquisa
Exportando e Imprimindo
4. Configurando BibleTime
Dilogo de configurao do BibleTime
Display -
- Languages
Desk -
- HotKeys +
+ Languages +
+ Shortcuts
5. Referncia
Referncia do menu principal
File
@@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ Settings
Help -
Works reference
ndice de teclas de atalho

Lista de Tabelas

3.1. Tipos de Busca
4.1. Fontes Unicode
Prxima
Captulo 1. Introduo
+
Works reference
Shortcuts index

Lista de Tabelas

3.1. Tipos de Busca
4.1. Fontes Unicode
Prxima
Captulo 1. Introduo
-- cgit v1.2.3